Guild of Seafarers

Post/Author/DateTimePost
#1

captainshar

Feb 14, 2007 23:48:23
Hello there and welcome aboard! My name is Captain Shar, and this is my ship, the Noumenal Blade. She's the fastest ship in the world, as far as I know. And I've known quite a few places over the years.

This Guild welcomes all those who love seafaring. It is open for roleplay, and submission of travel-related builds and items, especially those pertaining to seas and storms. The Guild House is currently under construction, and will be situated on a point of land at the very mouth of the harbor.

Everyone who wishes to become a formal member of the guild must be approved by me, but non-member submissions are welcome. 'Captain' is the highest rank anyone could wish for and free for the claiming; the only distinction is your own name and the name of your ship. The benefits of membership include reduced dock fees, free access to the Guild House at all times (including the best quality library for research of exotic locations!), a ten percent discount on ships' repairs and supplies (provided the goods are in stock and nonmagical), and the good chance of a favorable response from the Guild for nautical-related requests for aid. Responsibilities include submission of your captains' logs every year, to add new locations and trading routes to the library, and coming to the defense of the Guild if it should ever be attacked when you are within a week's sail of home port.

I plan to run this Guild as Chaotic Good, a little more Chaotic than Good, but I might step in if we start killing too many people. Bad for business, you know. I want to maintain good relations with the people and with any merchant guilds in the area.


Alliances:
Merchants Guild


Shipping Register:

CaptainShar: Captain Shar of the Noumenal Blade, Longship (Guildmaster)
Turalisj: Captain Zik Flameweaver of the Merchant's Venture and the Ka'drim, Flying Fortress
Von Crown: Captain Mordred Von Crown of the Dreadbones, the Crimson Lotus, and the Thrice-Cursed Drake
Dyne
Lady Rolindin: Captain Fi'rua of the Raven's Song and Cocaptain Brownwell of the Singing Pelican, Clippers
Orcy The Green Wonder: Kaer-Thok and Captain Salise Lothrall of the Salise, Elven Wingship
Dragonstrife: Lurania Trumblin of the Warhorse
Eglentyne: Brensas of the Hidden Shoal
lunoc: Captain Rum Roy of the Stormbrewer

Budget
24,834 gp
*Credit to the budget is "Dock Fees," if not otherwise detailed
-32,300 to construct the Guild House. See link above.

Resources
Resources which have received their investment for the month are in italics.
Docks

Fees
2 silver (members) or 4 silver (nonmembers) per foot of dock space per month
2 copper (members) or 4 copper (nonmembers) per foot of dock space per day
#2

captainshar

Feb 14, 2007 23:48:54
Guild House Structure:

IMAGE(http://i172.photobucket.com/albums/w18/captainshar/GuildHouse.jpg?t=1231452890)

The docks are to the south of the entrance. The main entrance divides one of the large storerooms in half; the other storeroom is the western bar of the quadrangle.

The dockmaster is in the office in the southwest corner. One guardhouse is perched above his office. The other guards and holding cell are in the southeast corner.

The common tavern forms the northern bar of the quadrangle, a straight shot from the entrance of the guild house. Servants' quarters above. The fancy tavern is the eastern bar of the quadrangle. Guest quarters are above this tavern.

The northwest corner holds the workshop.

The northeast corner holds the library and trophy room.
#3

turalisj

Feb 15, 2007 12:15:17
Captain Zik Flameweaver, captain of the Island Ship- Merchant's Venture. It's less of a ship, more of a castle that can sail. I also happen to be a member of the merchant's guild.
#4

captainshar

Feb 15, 2007 14:47:15
Welcome Captain Flameweaver, you are welcome for your own sake and for the sake of your connections. We're not too particular about ships here; if they're good at whatever they're supposed to do, all the better.

I'd enjoy taking a tour of the Merchant's Venture - and I'll show you the Noumenal Blade if you like.
#5

captainshar

Feb 15, 2007 22:54:58
I'm interested in making a Privateer class, and would appreciate input. I guess the first question is whether it should be a base class or a Prestige class. It would, first and foremost, be about sailing. Then it would be about hunting pirates (think Dread Pirates), or pirating enemies' vessels, Sir Francis Drake style.

I'll be working on this gradually, but input at any step is welcome.

Edit: I was looking more closely at Dread Pirate, and they already have the pirate-hunter option covered. So, I think to make the Privateer unique, I'll design it around being lawful (or at least not chaotic). Maybe I should change the name to Admiral?
#6

turalisj

Feb 21, 2007 15:33:52
Just so you know Shar, Merchant's Venture has four docks and two inns. It also has enough spare room to service a crew of about 100.

Let me dig for the stats
#7

captainshar

Feb 21, 2007 17:50:11
The Noumenal Blade is your typical longship, crewed by 48 loyal sailors and me; however, it's been outfitted with three magical bays which can store an extra 750 cubit feet of cargo. The crew are all my official followers, too.

Following the disappearance of the Merchant's Guild, Shar and the Noumenal Blade set sail for King's Pyre, stocked with plenty of food to sell, or for a long voyage, if no suitable trading ports are found in the area.
#8

turalisj

Feb 21, 2007 17:54:16
Btw, Zik also has an elf wingship called the Ka'drim.
#9

captainshar

Feb 24, 2007 12:05:32
Looking for advice on the appropriate price for these items:

Keel of Speed - Increase Ship's base speed by 1 mph.

Tiller of Directions - when grasping this tiller, the steerer knows the direction of North.

I'm thinking maybe 10,000 for the keel - speed increases usually don't cost that much, but a ship is pretty big.

Know Direction is a 0-level spell, so maybe 3,000 for the tiller? I'm calculating this based on NPC spellcasting costs, and assuming that it would take 500 XP to make such a spell permanent.
#10

captainshar

Feb 25, 2007 18:50:25
Shar is making voyages between the mainland and King's Pyre every couple of days, carrying stone there and tropical fruits back. Anyone seeking passage to King's Pyre won't have any trouble getting it on the Noumenal Blade. She's also making 720 gold 1-way, when she has a cargo.
#11

captainshar

Mar 05, 2007 21:17:45
Shar steps safely onto the dock, slightly sad that there aren't more ships there, but glad to see the Noumenal Blade again. She greets Nhyris and begins loading the stone.

She wonders where Zik is and considers mounting a rescue mission; that floating fort of his didn't seem too maneuverable if it should ever run into a storm.
#12

captainshar

Jun 15, 2007 21:16:06
Shar sails in to the docks of Tyrannor again, and moseys into the Seafarers' Guild house.

Some undead sailor, wonder if he'll check in...
#13

von_crown

Jun 15, 2007 22:43:21
[i]A cold wind blows a fog in from over the sea, then all wind stops abruptly. The silence is broken, as heavy drumbeats dole out an ominous rythm. Through the mist, the prow of a ship comes into view. The vessel is heavily defended, the entire hull being covered in thick adamantine plating. The wood of the ship looks ancient, ragged, and strangely gray, and the sails are in tatters. On the deck, countless skeletons and other undead attend to various tasks. As the boat comes in to dock, another follows it.
This ship is smaller, sleek, and in fantastic condition.It is composed mainly of dark wood, though strange decorative glass piping juts out at various locations, all along the length of the ship. The boat lands, and something stirs in the fog.
The last ship is by far the strangest, an enormous dragon skull adorning the prow. The ship itself is of darkwood, but it seems that the shadows draw in closer to the ship. A lighthouse beacon sweeps across it, but the ship remains dark, and the beam of light does not pass the vessel. The last ship docks.[/i]
#14

thasis

Jun 15, 2007 22:46:47
OOC: Welcome back Von Crown! Long time no see around these parts. Glad to see yah back!
#15

captainshar

Jun 15, 2007 22:48:48
Ahoy there! Captain Shar of the Noumenal Blade greets you. Do you have business with the Guild of Seafarers?
#16

von_crown

Jun 15, 2007 22:58:40
Mordred steps out onto the deck of the first ship
"A good place to put down anchor, which seems provided. Supplies would be nice, but I plan to stay here a good while, so it's no rush."
He jumps from the prow of the ship, landing near Shar.
"Sorry for the delay, but it's a pain transporting ships between alternate material planes. "


OOC: Hey Thasis, check out the Blue Lizard Inn to get caught up on a certain situation related to the GoUE.
#17

captainshar

Jun 15, 2007 23:11:27
So...can I take a tour? I'm quite impressed. Even with over fifty thousand gold invested in the Blade, she doesn't quite have all ... this ... yet.

Shar gestures towards all his ships.

And are you looking to be added to the guild list?
#18

von_crown

Jun 15, 2007 23:15:58
"Sure. I'm probably not going to be too active around the Guild of Ultimate Evil, they seem pretty busy as it is, so I'll need somewhere to use as a base of operations. Which ship would you like to tour first?"
#19

captainshar

Jun 15, 2007 23:28:14
Start with the undead, I guess. And I'll need your official name and the names of your ships for the records.

Shar whistles and a flying carpet appears. She hops onto it.

All set.
#20

von_crown

Jun 15, 2007 23:39:50
"I'm Mordred Von Crown, and these are the Dreadbones, Crimson Lotus,and Thrice-Cursed Drake, in order."
He jumps up, grabbing the edge of the boat and swinging himself over onto the deck. "The Dreadbones, is, as you've noticed, heavily armored. She's pretty slow, but the sails are mainly for show. The real trick to it is that I use weather controlling magic to kill local winds, and you won't find many vessels that can manage to outrun her when there's no wind."
#21

captainshar

Jun 15, 2007 23:58:00
Good thing I can create my own wind. But how does she sail, then?

Shar follows him over the side of the deck, pulling herself up with a swing and re-landing on her magic carpet.
#22

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 0:18:41
"I've got undead ogres and minotaurs manning oars and a propeller below decks. Once I get in close, I use our secret weapon.
He turns and bellows
"Ready the grappler!"
Two adamantine panels near the prow of the ship swing open, revealing a massive, anchorlike contraption.
"One shot'll smash it's way into the target's hull, and then we can use the chain to prevent them opening any distance on us."
#23

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 0:21:12
Very sneaky. I like it. On to the next?

Shar swirls around the mast on her carpet.
#24

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 0:26:22
"There's one last thing before we move on."
He walks over to the wheel, and the ship vanishes
#25

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 0:41:04
Sneakier yet. Shar grins. Just hope you aren't planning to sneak up on me.
#26

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 0:49:01
The ship reappears
"It's not just invisibility, the ship shifts to the ethereal plane. Moving along..."
Mordred jumps to the next ship
"The Crimson Lotus. She's fast, and bigger on the inside than on the out. Probably at least near the Noumenal Blade, if not equal or faster. her trick, though, is those glass tubes. They come from a pump attached to a reservoir of alchemist's fire. With the pressure, we can spray a good distance."
#27

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 0:50:31
And she flies?

Shar examines the tubes with a look of eagerness.
#28

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 0:56:19
"Not this one. Pretty basic fast ship, except she shoots flammable sludge."

OOC: CaptainShar, your pic is ready
Haven't colored it yet, though
#29

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 1:08:25
My bad.

Is the speed magical, or design?


(Thanks. Looks pretty good in the anime style.)
#30

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 1:11:12
"Some of both. I find design can only take you so far, you know?"

(OOC: Good, 'cuz that's all I'm good at XD)
#31

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 1:21:46
Yes...I don't do much magic, but I've found that it helps smooth the way in places.

(Night.)
#32

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 15:11:58
"I've always had a pretty good knack for it. Actually, I may be proof of the theory that dragon blood can cause innate magical power, since my ancestors are well documented. Of course, I may also be proof that it's caused by the blood of fey or fiends. Or lycanthropes, I guess that should be considered too. Pretty crazy family... thought..."
He sighs
"On to the next ship, then?"


(OOC: I won't be able to post for a bit, I'm heading over to a relatives to feed pets while they're on vacation. Should be back in maybe an hour.)
#33

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 15:18:49
Certainly.

Shar flies off through the gloom.


(No prob. I may be on again later this evening, but maybe not. *shrugs*)
#34

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 21:18:19
Mordred jumps to the next ship
"The Thrice-Cursed Drake doesn't really have any notable features in terms of construction. However, the acting captain when I'm not onboard is as skilled with curses as he is with a sword, and the rest of the crew are Sea-Wolves. In addition, I bound a vasuthant into the ship, an undead creature with the ability to influence chance."
#35

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 21:21:51
Fond of undead, are you? Can't say the same for myself; there's just so much life to be lived.

Shar jumps off her carpet into the rigging, allowing the beam of the searchlight to outline her sharply.
#36

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 21:39:27
Mordred leans against the mast
"Well, personally I thought there wasn't enough. Seventy years? A hundred? It's a small price to pay for all the time in the world."
#37

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 21:45:44
You're an undead? You don't look it.

She flashes him a smile and climbs down to the deck again.
#38

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 21:49:05
He returns the smile, prominently showing a pair of fangs
"We aren't all so badly preserved."
#39

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 21:53:23
Mhm, I see. I still think I've got enough life of my own without sucking it out of others.

But what I'd really like to see is the flying ships. After that, I'll give you a tour of the Blade, if you're interested.
#40

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 21:58:20
"Not all of us just take without giving anything back. I can cast healing spells. Anyways, look up."
A ways up, there is a sleek black shape. It appears largely like a ship, but two large winglike structures on either side feature several spinning rotors
"Before you fly strait up there, I'd like to say it might be safer for me to teleport the both of us. It tends to create dangerous wind currents."
#41

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 22:01:36
I dislike the things, but if you insist, I've used them on rare occasions without ill effect.

Shar moves close enough to be in range for the spell.
#42

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 22:09:25
Mordred puts his hand on your shoulder, and teleports you onto the deck of the Skyblight
"The Skyblight is built primarily from a combination of mithril and a metal you've probably never heard of, varandrum. All the flight-based components, however, had to be built of mithril, due to the difficulty inherent in enchanting varandrum."
#43

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 22:11:51
After checking to make sure she's all there, Shar looks around at the ship, examining the new metal.

So, if you're a vampire, why do you want to heal people too?
#44

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 22:18:29
"I'm not as different as you think. I don't get some kick out of killing people, any more than you would think a meal tasted better because an animal died for it. The big difference I see is, unlike just eating meat, I don't have to kill anyone to feed. I only have to feed so often, and it isn't difficult to heal someone after I've fed, and then they're no worse off for having fed me. And since there really isn't much risk, it thus becomes easier to obtain said feeding."
#45

captainshar

Jun 16, 2007 22:22:57
Charming.

Shar says sarcastically, then adds more seriously:

Better than killing folk, don't get me wrong. I feel I've got to say that much with all the truly nasty people around. But don't get me wrong if I neglect to invite you over for supper, then.


(Night.)
#46

von_crown

Jun 16, 2007 22:29:18
"Perfectly all right. It's a nuisance having to travel all the way back home, but I shouldn't need to feed for a few days yet."

(Night)
#47

captainshar

Jun 17, 2007 14:47:35
Where'd you find this varandrum? And what purpose does it serve on the ship?
#48

von_crown

Jun 17, 2007 19:00:33
"It's still rather rare, but I mine it back on the world I'm from. As for purpose, well, it isn't as strong as adamantium, but it's amazingly resistant to magic."
Mordred grins deviously
"Feel up for an adventure?"
#49

captainshar

Jun 17, 2007 21:15:49
I think I'd have to consult a doctor if I ever didn't. So, where are we going?

Shar counters his look with a dazzling, nonchalant grin of her own.
#50

von_crown

Jun 17, 2007 22:22:27
"Well, there'll be one more accompanying us, but I suppose I could tell you what we're after. I've heard there's a decent amount of treasure to be had on a small island known as Kabaeth. Among the treasure hordes, there is supposedly the last known location of acoin I've been searching for for a good while. And once I've got my coin, I'm sure you'll find plenty to satisfy yourself."
#51

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 17:32:54
Who is it, what's the coin for, and when do we leave?
#52

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 18:04:02
"Another sailor I've met recently, the coin isn't necessarily for anything, it's just useful, and we should be leaving as soon as he gets here. Do you want to go on your ship, or one of mine? It'd probably be easiest in either the Blade or the Lotus. Well, Dreadbones can probably take any of the dangers better, but I have a feeling you'd rather not have to spend too much time with the crew"
#53

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 18:09:03
(If I'm going to get XP for this, I should go in the statted ship - mine. Are you planning to run this statted or not?)

I don't intend to go on an adventure on the seas without captaining my own ship, if I can help it, as I'm sure you feel the same about your ships? Or is the nature of the project such that one vessel will be less easily discovered than two?
#54

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 18:18:04
"Well, the island's surrounded by some dangerous waters, so I figure we're better off pooling all out experience into one ship. And because of those little rules about interfering I mentioned earlier, I can't do much more than guide you. How big is your crew?"

(I could do it either way, but yeah, if you're gonna be getting IFGW exp and rewards for this, Mordred can't help much. Not so much not statted as way to epic level for the IFGW)
#55

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 18:21:18
Forty-nine, including me; but I've left one to watch my new shop in Glenndria.
#56

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 19:12:33
"How do you generally distrbute the loot?"
#57

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 19:16:04
Double share for me, single share for everyone else. Dividing by fifty is easy.

Shar smiles.

Who's this other fellow that's coming along, by the way? And why do you want this coin so badly? I don't think you ever actually explained this. And what, particularly, am I getting out of it?
#58

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 19:23:42
"You and everyone else split the rest of the loot. I didn't say the coin was the only treasure. And as for what it does, well, first I think a little story is in order, if you don't mind"
#59

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 20:42:37
I'm always looking for new stories to add to my repertoire.

Shar forms the flying carpet into a couch and kicks back to listen.
#60

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 20:54:56
"Long ago, there was a city-state of considerable wealth and power. The people, however, were not content, always seeking more personal wealth and influence.There were always nearly countless plots of intrigue and assassination, but most failed. After a time, however, there came a group of mages who wished to seize the throne, seeking a way to steal the power of the gods rightfully wielded by the king, and use it to defeat him and claim power for themselves. To this end they completed the construction of a device. After a while, the time came to put their plan in motion. They burst into the throne room, intending to use the machine's power. However, the item was of imperfect design, unable to properly control the gods' power. The gods saw this happening, but were too weakened by the device to stop it. The device malfunctioned, sending a wave of power across the city, simultaneously turning it to gold and shrinking it to the size of a single coin. This is the coin which I seek"
#61

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 20:59:42
And it is only of historical value to you, I suppose? Or does it grant you some power?
#62

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 21:06:40
"With the coin I would have the ability to travel into the city for as long as I liked, and leave as I pleased. Due to the anomaly in which the city resides, as long as I am inside, no time would pass on the outside, allowing me to take as much time as I please to rest, heal, ready spells, even craft magical weapons or research in the city's vast library. Aside from it's great practical value, one of my ancestors also happened to reside in the city. I believe it would be a very interesting experience to meet him, and possibly see what I can learn"
#63

captainshar

Jun 18, 2007 21:13:50
Very interesting. And what might the other treasures be that would tempt me to leave you with this wonderful coin?

(Night.)
#64

von_crown

Jun 18, 2007 21:37:11
"Well, from what I've heard of the island, I'd wager there's a good number of other less magical coins that are nonetheless useful in the normal way, and possibly other assorted various treasures. Not likely unguarded, though."
#65

captainshar

Jun 19, 2007 17:34:29
Sounds good enough. If later on I decided you ripped me off - well, that's where being a pirate comes in. Shall we be off?
#66

von_crown

Jun 19, 2007 17:56:50
"I've gotten word that the one we're waiting for will meet us en route, so we'd best be leaving soon. The message I've received says there are others after the treasure."
#67

captainshar

Jun 19, 2007 18:01:28
Then let's be off. If you would be so kind as to get us back to the Blade?
#68

von_crown

Jun 19, 2007 18:12:12
"Certainly, though my crew will have to move one thing onboard before we set off"
Mordred teleports you back down, and several skeletons are carrying a large, ornate coffin onto the ship
#69

captainshar

Jun 19, 2007 18:16:28
I suppose I can put that on top of the bunk in a passenger's cabin. Here you are.

Shar conducts Mordred to a small, but richly-decorated cabin below-decks. It is decorated in purple and orange.
#70

von_crown

Jun 19, 2007 18:20:59
"I'll just lean it against the wall. I only need it in emergencies. Are all you supplies loaded? If you require, I can cast heroes feast. A few castings should handle your whole crew"
#71

captainshar

Jun 19, 2007 20:30:39
Shar spreads her hands out.

This is my guild. I am adequately supplied. Unless there are any specific dangers I ought to prepare for, we can cast off now.
#72

von_crown

Jun 19, 2007 21:09:54
"Then I guess we're ready." He pulls a small mirror out of thin air, and stares into it for a while "Good, looks like that should be taken care of, for now."
#73

von_crown

Jun 20, 2007 12:17:10
A while later,the ship has (presumably) set sail. The sun is high in the sky, and Mordred hasn't been seen for a while. But then the door open and (again, presumably) to everyones surprise, he steps out onto the deck, blithely ignoring the harsh sun. He leans his weapons in a corner, and takes of his coat, leaving him shirtless and revealing several details.
The first thing you notice it that his entire right arm is made of a dull black metal- adamantium, by the looks of it.
The next detail, even stranger, is that a strangely shaped chitin forms a thin shell on his back, with six large holes, three on the right side, three on the left.
The last thing you notice, unusual but commonplace by comparison, is a massive scar that cuts diagonally across his entire chest, both ends touching the chitin on his back.
He finds an empty space on the deck, and begins practicing martial arts routines
#74

captainshar

Jun 20, 2007 20:56:38
Seeing the voyage safely under way, Shar leaves the helm to Janine (the first mate) and approaches Mordred again.

Do all men in these parts have metal arms, I wonder?

She removes her own coat and joins the practice in her shirtsleeves, brandishing a rapier that she flicks out of a dagger-sheath, as well as a light mace.
#75

von_crown

Jun 21, 2007 0:47:13
"I've tried other replacements, with... unpleasant results."
#76

captainshar

Jun 21, 2007 15:27:46
Vampires and metals, I can imagine.

So, how'd you lose the arm, who gave you the scar, and why does your back look like a legless lobster?

Also, since you seem to have gotten over the vampire-water thing, do you like to swim?
#77

von_crown

Jun 21, 2007 20:12:07
"Swimming is alright. And I got the scar when I lost my ar- destroying a powerful artifact. I can tell you the whole story, if you'd like. As for my back... experimentation."
#78

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 12:19:39
The entire story would be lovely. How many times do I have to tell you that I collect them?

Shar dives into the sea and resurfaces floating on her back, seemingly not at all inconvenienced by soggy clothing. In fact, she seems perfectly dry.
#79

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 15:59:19
"I just find it polite to ask, especially as this one is rather long.
Well, along time back, some two-hundred thousand years, I'd say, there was a mad warrior who wanted to destroy everything. So he started killing off gods, and taking their power, using a legendary spear known as the Godslayer. Now, he couldn't contain all this power himself, so he bound it all and stored it in a gauntlet of metal as black as his heart.
After he had slain thirteen gods, the weapon was complete. He had everything he needed to destroy it all- But then, before he could unleash his power, all the remaining gods, good and evil, came before him. It was a dangerous fight, and many more gods were slain, but at last, the warrior was dead. However, when the gods turned to destroy his vile creation, they found it had amassed ore divine power than all of them combined, and they could not destroy it. So instead, they sealed away its power, and cast it into the depths of the earth, guarding it with powerful creatures from all the planes.
Still, legends of this ultimate weapon remain, and it came to be called The Hand of Doom. A long time later, I entered the picture. I was much younger then- foolish. And, it is rather important to state, a god. I had recently ascended, and I was eager to gain more power, so I sought the Hand of Doom, and was able to obtain it. Of course, the divine seal was still powerful, but I found a way to weaken it by binding the gauntlet to my arm.when I did that, I fractured enough of the seal that I was able to use some of its immense destructive power.
After some time passed, I became bored of divinity, and sealed my power away, and founded the Seven. That's a story for another time. Anyways, over time, the fracture in the seal became greater and greater, and I began to realize just what I had unleashed. Through research, I was able to devise a way to destroy the Hand, but discovered that the consequences of doing so would be... destructive. Thus, I began the Genesis Project, an attempt to create a new alternate reality, which would be uninhabited.
Finally, when I had a reality, I drew some of the hands power into a sword I had prepared, a katana passed down through my family from my great-grandfather. Using the empowered sword, I destroyed the weakened gauntlet, initiating a massive explosion which blew a nearby planet in half. Naturally, my arm to which I'd bound the gauntlet was destroyed, and I was nearly blown in half. Also, the destruction shattered my mind, giving rise to strange fragments of myself, which formed bodies from whatever was available. This lead to some confusing times, but Crowley, along with several others, was able to restore me.
There was one other consequence of the blast as well. It tore a sinkhole of energy in that reality, a hole that needed a destination. Drawing on my old divine power, I bound that sinkhole into a mortal form I had prepared. Using my core sequence, as well as some others, I created Kybele, my daughter."
#80

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 16:49:48
So there's more than one of you wandering around? Including one who looks like a little girl?

Oh, and what were you the god of?
#81

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 17:01:44
"The personality fragments have mostly been dealt with, though there could be others. Kybele isn't a personality fragment, she just wasn't born in the normal way. And what do you think I was the god of?"

A little OOC fun for ya

PIRATE DOMAIN

Granted Power: You have heard all sorts of tales of lost treasures. This works like a Bardic Knowledge, but only to know of substantial lost treasures. Your bonus on the check is your cleric level plus your intelligence modifier.

Pirate Domain Spells
1 Animate Rope: Makes a rope move at your command
2 Jig of the Waves: Force creatures to dance a jig which causes penalties and forces random movement
3 Favorable Wind: Produces a strong wind that lasts 10 min./level
4 Disguise Ship: Disguises a ship
5 Wake Trailing: You can track a ship across the sea
6 Heroes’ Feast: Food for one creature/level cures and grants combat bonuses.
7 Depthsurge: Water slam deals 2d6 + caster level damage to allwithin 20-ft. radius, pushes targets back, sinks ships
8 Maelstrom: Conjure a deadly whirlpool to suck in and batter foes
9 Red Tide: Creates a surge of tainted water that sickens, weakens, and nauseates

All the non-PHB spells are in Stormwrack
#82

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 21:28:30
Water-loving vampires? Men with metal arms? I don't know, if you've been alive that long, could be anything.

So where's your girl, then? She undead too?


Is that a real domain? I've been wondering what to do with Shar's levels after she takes another two of Swashbuckler...
#83

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 21:37:36
"No, she's alive. Certainly not 'typical', though. And as a deity, well... I was mostly worshiped by others of my kind. A sort of guide, if you will."

Well I made it myself, but as far as I've seen it's perfectly usable. Haven't really had any balance problems or anything. Of course, the Court of Seven are the only deities that 'officially' grant access to it.
#84

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 21:43:14
Your kind being elven vampire lobster golems?

Shar chuckles.

Are you ever going to jump in? Water's a little rough, but nothing like a storm. And I'm tired of staring up at you.
#85

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 21:49:59
"Sure, why not?" He dives in "So, got any plans of what you want to do with the Blade next? I mean, in terms of improvements"
#86

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 21:59:26
I've got my eye on making her fly, but I'd need a couple good hauls, and nothing else major needing attention, for that. Also thinking of placing a few weapons. And, of course, more of my Bays of Holding. Really helps with large cargoes.

Not to mention, I want to get my new ship repaired so I can start sailing her. Took it off a nasty drow pirate a few weeks back. Slaver.


Shar ducks beneath the surface, swimming down to the keel of the blade. She pats the dark wood.

Just got it plated, you know. She won't drop to a pair of monstrous krakens again if I've got any say in it.
#87

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 22:05:46
"Well, when you want her flying, you know who to come to." He grins "I'm sure I could see my way to getting you a discount."
#88

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 22:10:17
Shar resurfaces.

Better than Glenn's?
#89

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 22:21:52
"I don't know their prices. I'd probably be willing to go under theirs, as long as it'll cover the cost of required materials. Of course, there's also the fact that I've got multiple different procedures, some of which are more expensive than others. Tell you what, I can walk you through our procedures, and whichever one you want done, I'll do for just the cost of supplies."
#90

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 22:26:56
Sounds too good to be true. So what's the catch?
#91

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 22:29:28
"So I'm feeling generous. It wouldn't hurt if you sent what business you could my way, but nothing binding. So do you want to hear our procedures?"
#92

captainshar

Jun 22, 2007 22:38:05
Certainly. Why don't you show me on the ship as you explain?

Shar whistles for the carpet, which comes down to them in the water. She hops on and motions for him to sit next to her.


(Night)
#93

von_crown

Jun 22, 2007 22:46:16
He climbs on next to her "The most basic procedures are getting flight spells permanently infused into the ship, like fly or something similar. The next procedures up are basically improvements over that. Wecan also bind elementals, but we'd need to pay a contracting fee for that, since I don't know how to do it. Any thoughts?"
(Night)
#94

captainshar

Jun 23, 2007 20:53:02
No binding. My ship is run only by those who care to.

How much would it cost to put a permanent fly spell on my ship, and what kinds of improvements are there?


They reach the deck again; Shar hops off and the carpet gently drops Mordred onto the deck as well.
#95

von_crown

Jun 23, 2007 22:15:05
"Well, at the most basic level, It'd probably be something like 10,000 gold, at that'd only get it flying about as fast as your carpet. I imagine I could roughly double the speed for about another 5,000, and then increase it by that amount for that price, but only one more time. After that, that price would only increase it by half as much. Those prices are just to cover supplies, mind you. Normally it'd be about twice as much.
Permanent levitation would be another possibility. It would move up or down at a set speed, and then when at the desired altitude, could be propelled by its sails as normal.
Also, in either case, you might want to have some parachutes, just in case. Might even be able to see about something to slow the ship falling, too. You can never be too careful, I can't guarantee that it'll stay up in an antimagic field."
#96

captainshar

Jun 24, 2007 19:06:18
15,000 gold for double the speed of my carpet? That sounds pretty good to me. Maybe I'd even go for the faster one.

Parachutes, definitely. I guess I'm not too worried about antimagic fields at the moment; there's no need for me to fly hundreds of feet above a stony valley when I'm fighting a wizard. And if I am that high, I could probably sail out of it in time, unless there's a dead calm as well.


Shar strides around the deck, muttering to herself.

Yes, yes that will be excellent. I shall look you up on that soon.

Now, it is nearly time for the evening meal. Do you eat normal food as well? I would invite you to my table, but in this case...
#97

von_crown

Jun 24, 2007 21:10:41
"I could sit at the table, if you wouldn't be unnerved by it"
#98

captainshar

Jun 25, 2007 18:27:45
I'll just be sure to be drinking holy water. That should stop any sudden urges to get too near.

Shar seems rather unconcerned; she slips to the galley to order the evening meal.
#99

von_crown

Jun 25, 2007 23:11:30
Mordred rolls his eyes "Because you never know, just because I've been well mannered up to this point, the sight of you eating might make me lose control"
#100

captainshar

Jun 26, 2007 17:54:12
Well, you know, first the nice dinner, then maybe a little music or dancing or some evening entertainment, then, instead of the kiss, a bite.

Shar laughs.

I'm joking! Of course you're welcome to come to dinner. First off, it's my ship and my table, you'll be surrounded by my crew, and the after-dinner entertainment I had in mind was steering the ship. By storybook rules, we are quite off the charts.
#101

dyne

Jun 27, 2007 3:41:11
Add me to the members list. I'll have more to post later.
#102

captainshar

Jun 27, 2007 15:42:47
Welcome, Dyne.

Inside the guildhouse, you find a helpful chap who asks for your and your ship's name(s) to add to the register, along with asking about any areas of business you engage in, special functions, any alliances or enmities, etc. He gives you free access to the docks and tells you that you get warehouse prices on all shipping supplies.
#103

von_crown

Jun 28, 2007 0:01:25
'Well, never underestimate the tenacity of storybook rules. They have a much farther reach than many expect." He laughs to himself "If you don't mind, I think I'll actually take my leave of the ship for tonight. You should be able to just continue on this heading until I get back. I'll need to seek dinner for myself."
He stands near the edge of the ship, and shouts
"Kyyrnasus, let's get going!"

A thick cloud of choking fog rises of Mordred's body, coalescing into the shape of a massive dragon, easily larger than the ship. Its body is covered in thick plates of metal armor. What can be seen beneath the armor is covered with strange protrusions of varying size. It hovers near the edge of the boat, its every wingbeat rocking the boat. It speaks in a rumbling hiss
"Yess, massster"

Mordred stand for a moment
"You got anything to say before I go?"
#104

captainshar

Jun 28, 2007 15:18:03
Nope.

Shar replies cheerfully, waves him off, gets her own supper, and steers the ship late into the night, passing the wheel off again for the early morning.
#105

von_crown

Jun 28, 2007 15:36:02
Mordred hops into a saddle on the armor
"Be back later"
The dragon flaps off into the darkness
#106

captainshar

Jun 28, 2007 15:40:53
Things happening on the Noumenal Blade: steering, sleeping, storytelling.

(Feel free to come back whenever you want.)
#107

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 11:47:57
As it is nearing evening a few days after Mordred left, a winged shape on the horizon grows continually larger
#108

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 13:09:07
Shar calls her fighters and her first and second mates to the fore deck, and looks through her spyglass at the flying creature.
#109

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 13:34:24
Mordred and his dragon are approaching fast. By the times everyone's assembled, Mordred lands on the deck and the dragon vanishes
"Oh, did you all miss me that much?"
He smirks
#110

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 13:40:39
You promised me danger and excitement. I thought it best to approach a large dark flying creature with my eyes open.

What took you so long? And when's that other guy showing up?


Shar dismisses her crew back to normal duties.
#111

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 13:55:16
"He'll be here when he needs to be. As for my absence, well, I swung by the Blue Lizard to grab a bite to drink, then stopped by King's Pyre to resurrect an old friend of mine."
#112

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 15:00:20
Dalion? That's good.

Shar looks around at the sea stretching around them.

So, how close are we to the danger, excitement, and treasure?


(What direction are they sailing, by the way? They started from Tyrannor.)
#113

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 15:07:04
"Well, I suppose I should check..."
He pulls out a cylindrical tube and an odd sextant-like device. He unrolls the tube laying out a collection of maps, shifting through them and pulling out a sheet with several tables. He checks the tables, then adjusts a variety of knobs on the device, which immediately ejects an arrow roughly 15 degrees west of our current heading
"Blast, it's still moving. We'll have to adjust our heading, but we should overtake it. I'm not certain how long it'll be, however."
#114

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 15:12:31
Don't tell me we're chasing another kraken. I seriously considered re-christening the ship 'Kraken Bane' after my last adventure.

Before he can put them away, Shar pulls out some of his maps for perusal.
#115

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 15:25:13
None of the maps correspond to any known lands on this world, all contain notes in some kind of shorthand, along with a series of numbers in the lower-right corner. Some have the letters 'P' and 'L' interspersed with the numbers
"No, the island just has a tendency to move around. I hope we can catch it before it FR shifts again... Took me bloody forever to track it here, I'll tell you."
The water takes on a slightly caustic greenish tint, the waves giving way to small collections of frothy bubbles
"Oh, looks like we're getting close. We're on it's trail, at least. I'd recommend you get the word around the ship that this is a bad time to fall overboard"
#116

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 15:31:32
Shar shouts:

Crew of the Noumenal Blade! We are chasing a roving island which leaves some kind of acid in its wake. Keep a sharp look-out at all hours, and no swabbing the deck while we're in this stuff.

The last statement produces a general cheer.

Back to work now.

So where are these places? I've often thought that after I've explored this quadrant a while, I'd try somewhere out of this world. This is the last of the seas of this world, for me, and I like to keep moving.
#117

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 15:36:19
"Other realities, mostly. A little friendly advice: if you're thinking about planar sailing, I think you could handle it, but I think you're a little green yet to try to get to another reality, to say nothing of your crew. It's hard to get through the Far Realms with even minimal exposure, and it wouldn't take much to drive your entire crew mad. You'd probably succumb if you stayed long enough, too."
#118

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 15:46:04
Oh? And I suppose this Far Realms place is what produced your wonderful personality.

Shar chuckles.

But I thought one could just kind of boom! get there by walking through a portal, if you wanted to go to another plane.

And who's calling me green? I've been sailing since I came of age, and I could steer us around a whirlpool in my sleep.
#119

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 16:10:09
"Yes, and trust me, you're not ready for the Far Realms. It's not a matter of sailing experience. It's tricky to get a ship through. You've already intimated that you have some degree of difficulty with a kraken. I'd recommend that you're able to handle at least two at once, with little difficulty, before you think about going through the Far Realms." He sighs "If you really want, I could bring you through the realms on one of my ships, to give you a taste. You seem decently determined"
#120

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 16:13:58
It was two krakens, larger than normal, and working together. And I've significantly improved my ship since then.

But anyway; yes, I'd like to go somewhere new. I've only been off this world once, and though I died, that was from someone I brought with me. The place itself was rather interesting: floating cubes and resurrecting armies. I'm ready to try another.
#121

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 16:19:17
"Ah, Acheron. Amusing, yes, but nothing compared to the Far Realms. How familiar are you with the composition of the Great Wheel?"
#122

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 16:23:04
It's round.

Shar grins broadly.

And there's a plane or two on the inside - Astral and Ethereal, right? - that connect all the others, and another one on the rim. Everyone can go to those, and the others are more or less divided into extremes.
#123

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 16:28:32
"More or less, yes. For the most part all can, in a way, be said to be contained within the Astral Plane. But the whole thing, all together, is just one of many, not all of which are built the same. The entirety of these could be said to be contained within the Far Realms, in the same way the planes could be said to be contained within the Astral. It could be explained as a sort or meta-astral. And it is very dangerous. True, you may only encounter Kaorti, but even if you fight the weakest denizens, the plane itself will be working to actively destroy your mind and warp your body."
#124

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 16:35:58
Well, are we likely to run into anything here that will need my attention for the next few days? If not, I can trust my crew to stay on course if you want to take me past reality.
#125

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 16:39:18
"I'll need someone to run my equipment to keep us on course, but there's already someone on the ship who can handle it. Gerian, I know you're over there."

A small black cat with a large scar across one eye walks out of some shadows and meows.
#126

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 16:41:54
The Blade stays in Janine's hands, not some catpaws.

Shar crosses her arms.
#127

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 16:43:37
"He just needs to work my equipment and give your crew their heading. Plus he can contact me in case anything important happens"
#128

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 16:49:37
Very well.

Shar grabs two coils of light rope.

I'm ready, then. I hope there's something there worth seeing amidst all the madness.


(Bye for now.)
#129

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 16:53:25
"Give me a bit of time to open the portal. There are barriers around most worlds that are supposed to prevent any sort of breach... it's tricky to get through. If you go into the room I'm staying in, there'll be a big adamantine chest. Go pull out whatever you find while I open a portal"

(Bye for now)
#130

captainshar

Jul 04, 2007 21:03:17
Shar opens said adamantine chest and removes the contents. She makes a quick stop at the galley for food as well.
#131

lady_rolindin

Jul 04, 2007 22:14:33
So has any one though about a ship chargo recovery company?
For all lost ships that have been sunk, and prices to recover them.

I found such a company and prices they charge.

I would like to open such a company here and, my ship names are these: The Raven’s Song, the Singing Pelican.
#132

von_crown

Jul 04, 2007 23:49:32
The only object that appears in the trunk is a small iron chain of some sort. It appears fairly ordinary. It is of decent quality, and fairly small, like the chain of a necklace
#133

captainshar

Jul 05, 2007 12:43:07
Welcome, Lady Rolindin. Let me know if you want to do anything specific with that sunken-ship recovery, and we can work out the mechanics.

Shar returns holding the chain, and a sack of food for herself.

I guess this is important?
#134

von_crown

Jul 05, 2007 12:49:48
"It's useful. Just don't forget you have it. Can't tell you more than that. It helps to wear it somewhere you can see it"
A strange, loud ripping sound can be heard off the side of the ship. A large portal has opened over the water
#135

captainshar

Jul 05, 2007 12:54:18
Shar loops the chain around her wrist. She whistles.

Carpet!

She hops on and looks back before just flying through the portal.
#136

von_crown

Jul 05, 2007 13:01:01
Mordred jumps in after Shar.
Mordred and Shar are floating in a vague yellowish expanse. To the left of them rises a large wall of pink water. Opposite that is a huge sphere of black claws, reaching and grasping outwards. Far above, a long serpentine figure stretches off as far as the eye can see

"You might as well roll up your carpet. Not going to do you much good."
Mordred drifts slightly, lounging on his side in midair
#137

captainshar

Jul 05, 2007 18:49:00
Interesting.

Shar steps off into the air, and does a couple of cartwheels.

I'm guessing we don't want to visit the ball of claws or the snake...the water any good?
#138

von_crown

Jul 05, 2007 20:34:42
"Probably not. I've actually got a pretty good guess about the snake, and as long as we travel in the right direction we should be fine. By my estimates it came by here a few hundred years ago"
#139

captainshar

Jul 05, 2007 20:46:55
So far, so good. Anything in particular we're going for here, or are we just enjoying the floating? It is pretty comfortable.

Shar turns around so Mordred is upside-down to her.

I feel fine, but I could cast Heroism on both of us if you think it would help.
#140

von_crown

Jul 05, 2007 20:55:10
"I've got nothing to worry about. You'll have nothing to worry about, as long as you're willing to keep this under an hour or so"
#141

captainshar

Jul 05, 2007 20:58:39
If this is all that's going to happen...frankly, I've seen more interesting things in the real world. Not that I'm disappointed: always visit a place once, I say, to see if you'd want to go there again. But I can't imagine a reason to stay here for more than a few minutes. Yellow sky, pink water, claws, snakes. Yup. I got it.
#142

von_crown

Jul 05, 2007 22:03:53
Mordred floats in place "It varies a lot... I'm normally trying to actually get somewhere, I've never really just come here for the view before"
#143

captainshar

Jul 05, 2007 22:15:30
All right. Take us back, then?

(Are you actually going to run something with this quest for the coin of the frozen city? I don't want my character tied up forever...)
#144

von_crown

Jul 10, 2007 19:09:49
(Sorry, been busy, what with my girlfriend breaking up with me, three birthdays in a row, and starting school... It's been crazy)

"Yes, I think we can..."
Mordred immediately tenses, flipping into a ready position and reaching into his coat

"Don't make any sudden moves... Try to keep still"
#145

zombiegleemax

Jul 10, 2007 19:25:44
(Shame that your girlfriend broke up with you, man. Hope things go better in the near future.)
#146

lady_rolindin

Jul 11, 2007 15:34:55
Yes Von Crown it is a not good you can't find the right women, but she will will come along.




Once the The Raven’s Song and the singing Pelican has been docked, a women with long dark hair, knee high boots, meduim red shirt, carring a rapiern ad dagger comes off the Raven's Song. Their is a another man that floowos with her, he's taller than her: and has on simular colthing.

She asks the dock workers who's the dock warden. With that sthey would go talk to them.

CaptainShar if I have any questions about ship recovery machanie's , I will ask for help.

The wizards are important in such an operation, they must be able to control weather. water breating items, leveation spells.
I am working on the recovery crews, witch will consist of 5 to 7 per team. Two wizards, two fighters, the rest recovery seekers.
#147

von_crown

Jul 11, 2007 22:24:18
Lady Rolindin, you might not have stormwrack, but there is a 4th level spell in it that would suit your business perfectly, since it basically does what you want to do.
#148

lady_rolindin

Jul 12, 2007 3:04:32
Von Crown I do have Stormwrack.

I believe you are talking about the disguise ship spell.
I do like the storm caster claas and think that all Storm casters in the recover groups should know a few sea spell's and other kinds of spells
That will help too recover items or cargo.

Here's the kind of ship I think both should be:
http://s185.photobucket.com/albums/x45/Rolindin/Ships/?action=view&current=Clipper.gif

With some of the weapons taken away for the two to three meduim cranes and one large crane, on each side.

Maybe magical cranes at that.

The article does say that a recovery group is four members.
I think a group of six to eight. with water breathing magical items. Maybe two storm casters and two fighters with sea fighting skill and feats. Then the other two to four being the cargo or item recovers from the wreck or wrecks. Maybe two to three teams down at a time.
#149

von_crown

Jul 12, 2007 7:37:48
My mistake, it's in spell compendium. Raise from the Deep.
#150

lady_rolindin

Jul 12, 2007 20:03:50
Then I'll look in the spell Compenduim, and see what sea spells I can make a list of. From other books also, along with feats and skills.

I thinking that the spell fins to feet, (from Stormwrack), can be reversed to feet to fins.
Airy water is a good spell to use for the recovery wizards.
Another spell form the coa arcive would be good to use too, water lighting bolt.

what levels are we talking about here, for the main character, 15 level. Like the gm's said we could make for the up comming game.
#151

redhase

Jul 13, 2007 0:06:40
Personaly I like the Thayen ships, even room for newly acired things and good cargo hole space.
#152

captainshar

Jul 13, 2007 12:33:54
I suppose I'm in love with speed, so I really like Elven Wingships.

Lady Rolindin: the Dockmaster is in the Guild House in Tyrannor. He will answer any questions about the guild or the docks.

Von Crown:

Shar tenses too, and whispers: What is it?
#153

lady_rolindin

Jul 13, 2007 20:43:03
CaptainShar the clipper ship I posted is from Spelljammer .org.
It is an old elven ship design, I like the old elven wooden ships they are built sturdy, and can be bought for not really that much. Unless you want to buy an old elven wooded Manowar ship, witch are hard to find and expensive.
I would rather have an elven manowar, but the elven clipper will do.

If you noticed it has a spell jammer helm, that wcan allow travel to other crystal spears. BUt proubly won't need to travel to other crystal spears though.

That might suprise some of the customers when they go in the air and fly towards the sunken ship. Then set down in the water, or I might just not let others know that the ship can fly at all. Unless they need to take off and escape.

Ok I just though that like the olden time , each dosk had a dock warden on the dock it self, too keep track of all ships on their dock. Then they reported to the harbor master; each night.

Then She and her co captain will go find the dock warded and go talk to the dock master of that dock. First go find them to regester the ships, and fees for docking and such. and find out how much to set up a place to advartise for business. maybe the dock warded would know of such a building that might be avalibile to rent or other arangments.

They will go find the dock warded then.
#154

captainshar

Jul 13, 2007 21:31:25
I'm putting all things such as rent on hold for the moment until all us GMs figure out guild funding. Sorry, but, just hold that thought.
#155

lady_rolindin

Jul 13, 2007 22:09:55
I can wait.
I will be working on my character then, classes I'm thinking of are swashbuckler/sorceresss/legendary captain. no la for human or half elf. Levels of each Have to work that out.

As far as her cohorts, 1 13 level firts mate, and other levels as used in the last 15 level game. If the rules for cohorts are still being used. I did have a redknight with cohorts in the guold of the purple knights. knights do need others to help them with some things, they usally have a few cohorts with them doing this and that, helping to put their armor on and such.

I just need to find out how many she can have to man at least one ship.

Orcy I still have the copy from the last rules that were made. I was on the rules commit and if you don't have them I can send them to you. Armar , Captain Shar, Orcy if you want to look at the rules made then and revise them or what ever you do to them.
#156

von_crown

Jul 13, 2007 23:24:33
Mordred whispers back "I'm not certain. It's towards the portal, about fifty feet off"
#157

captainshar

Jul 14, 2007 14:38:04
Let's go take a look at it, then. I don't want any nasty mind-altering monsters to get aboard my ship. Unless, of course, you can just close that portal and open another one near us.

(Do you want me to make a Spot check or something?)
#158

von_crown

Jul 14, 2007 18:56:13
(It's invisible)

"It's hostile. Try to keep your distance, there may be others I can't sense"
#159

captainshar

Jul 15, 2007 13:19:19
So now would be a good time to start working my magicks of encouragement?

Shar looks around.

I still don't see anything.
#160

von_crown

Jul 16, 2007 0:33:30
"Okay, I have a plan. Pull back to the gate, I'll follow and cover you- Wait, the gate is closed! Okay, let me think... I'll keep whatever's out there back while you open a gate."
He tosses over a small metal object, looking mostly like a copper sphere. It has numerous small multicolored runed plates which are capable of sliding across it's surface, but other plates must be slid simultaneously. It overall gives the impression of a small puzzle. An imobile red gem sits in the center
"Hit the red gem, then line up the blue runes. I'll try to keep the creatures away"


(Okay, here's how the gizmo works, crunch-wise. You need to spend move actions to make intelligence checks to solve the puzzle. If you make a mistake, it takes a full round action to reset it. You need to make 3 DC 5, 2 DC 10, and 1 DC 15 Intelligence checks. Each check and reset provoke attacks of opportunity)
#161

captainshar

Jul 16, 2007 13:15:12
Well, that's a relief. At least it won't get through to my ship.

Shar busies herself with the buttons.


Int. checks: Int. checks (1d20+2=21, 1d20+2=11, 1d20+2=20, 1d20+2=21, 1d20+2=3, 1d20+2=15)

Luck of the Wind (to reroll the 3): Int. check reroll (1d20+2=19)

The disk clicks into place.

That should do it.
#162

von_crown

Jul 16, 2007 20:07:05
A portal opens, and Mordred nods appreciatively as he hurls a bolt of purplish-black flame, causing a vaguely humanoid chitinous form to appear
"Good work. After you"
He gestures to the portal with one hand, blasting again with the other
#163

captainshar

Jul 16, 2007 20:33:46
Shar dives through, beckoning her carpet to catch the two of them, should the new location be supplied with a more normal sort of gravity.
#164

von_crown

Jul 16, 2007 22:10:52
Mordred follows, and the portal closes shut. The carpet floats a ways off from the ship, but not too far
#165

captainshar

Jul 16, 2007 22:16:57
What was that? One of your lobster cousins?
#166

von_crown

Jul 16, 2007 22:27:36
"Kaorti. They were mortal wizards once. A good example of why it isn't a good idea to spend much time in the far realms. What puzzles me is why they were wearing their armor in the realms itself..."
#167

captainshar

Jul 16, 2007 22:53:46
Thanks for the trip.

Shar lands on deck and surveys her ship.

All's well, Janine?
#168

von_crown

Jul 16, 2007 23:12:24
"Hold on... they were near the gate, wearing their resin armor... I think they followed us through the gate."
#169

captainshar

Jul 16, 2007 23:18:56
(According to new rules, this really can't go any farther until Von Crown is statted.)
#170

von_crown

Jul 16, 2007 23:47:38
(Technically, he is statted, just very much outside the realm of the IFGW. 'S been that way since the first wars started. Probablly shouldn't have then, but I think I have a better idea of how to handle myself now. I suppose you should get GM approval for me running an adventure period, but aside from that, Mordred won't be interacting more than was planned for the encounter, and you'd be getting treasure as per a fairly normal adventure, split with your crew. So yeah, we'll get approval, then continue.)

EDIT: Oh, wait, you're gonna be a GM? Cool. I've never really followed the IFGW stuff since the first one... never seemed productive when I did look, and it always starts just to stop and change again...
#171

eglentyne

Jul 17, 2007 0:14:16
Brensaw looks around at the docks and ships.
He go looking around talking to this and that dock people. Look around at the open street shops. nice things they have to look at.
#172

captainshar

Jul 17, 2007 8:13:13
Eglentyne - "If you want to do any shipping, feel free to step into the guildhouse and speak to the dockmaster," a dockhand offers.

Von Crown - Characters who aren't in the ECL 15 are automatically non-PvP, and it isn't fair for Shar to be getting valuable information, which could lead to increased wealth, from such a character. If you want to run a mini-adventure, you should probably bring that up on the meta-thread.

And finally, this is the official post opening the Seafarers' budget. The resource of the Seafarers is Docks (and the dockhands, dockmaster, rope, carts, gangplanks, etc which make them functional).
#173

eglentyne

Jul 17, 2007 18:01:15
Brensaw is my Kender, allready had him, make.
he is 15 level and sheet is in the character thread 4.

He be a Kender might want to try being on ship one time then he leave to find something else that interest him.
if others want to make Halfling characters, in the halfing with out beard and boot guild then he can start threre.

not know aht he can do for sea guild, but he can maybe look around and see what docks look like.

maybe I make a swashbuckler character, no captain, Just swashbuckler to work on one of the ships. for one of the other characters.
#174

captainshar

Jul 17, 2007 20:40:05
The Dockmaster says to Brensaw: "Good day, little master. If you're looking to join this guild, just put your name and the name of your ship here on the register."

Also, it would be helpful for you to re-post your character in the current character thread.
#175

lady_rolindin

Jul 18, 2007 14:35:35
BY then she and her secondary captain will have found the dock master. they will wait for the little master to finish first then.
#176

captainshar

Jul 18, 2007 20:33:02
@ Lady Rolindin - "And you, m'lady, what can I do for you?"


Notice to All Members:

I am pondering some kind of fee and benefit for being a member of this guild. Perhaps charging for dock space, and providing discounts on repairs? What does everyone think?
#177

eglentyne

Jul 18, 2007 20:37:04
"Ship I no have ship, I come to visite to see what is here. I have been on boat with oars near my home. But I know not of the big ships here. I sigh your book if you want but I come to look around Traynor to see what is on Tryanor. I Brensaw Springpouch, The palce I from is Hidden Coin, where many of my people live. This is called Kender Home. " He say while look around and see what is there.
#178

lady_rolindin

Jul 18, 2007 21:10:34
CaptainShar;
The Dockmaster says to Brensaw: "Good day, little master. If you're looking to join this guild, just put your name and the name of your ship here on the register."

I'll wait on the dock master for his replie to Eglentyne character.

Also, it would be helpful for you to re-post your character in the current character thread.

once I finish and the character thread is made then I can do so.

As for the charges and such for dock yes do have prices for that and for the repairs.
You might want to have charges to fix spelljammeing ship's like my old used Imperial elven navy ships, witch the gm's might have to allow the spell jammer helms to be used in the game or not.

If not allowed then they would have been removed by the High elven navy, before bing sold. Witch would mean that the spell jammers ships are there but not really known about.
#179

captainshar

Jul 19, 2007 8:45:31
@ Von Crown - This has been a lovely excursion and all that, but my impatience is acting up again. We've been sailing for days and not seen this thing. I'm heading back to Tyranor. See you around.

And with that, she turns the Noumenal Blade to home port.


@ Eglentyne - "This is a lovely place for sightseeing too, my good sir. With ships coming in from all over, it's almost as good as a voyage around the world! The docks are open to all, just don't get in anyone's way." The Guild House, not being officially built yet (as per new rules) doesn't really have anything officially in it yet, besides the Dockmaster and his Register.

@ Lady Rolindin - The Dockmaster turns his attention to you.
#180

lady_rolindin

Jul 20, 2007 21:15:51
She gives him a hlf bow , " I am captain Fi'rua of the Raven’s Song, this is my cocaptain Brownwell of the the Singing Pelican. We would be glad to post our ships in your book, I do have question about some things if you don't mind."

She and her co captain will sigh the book then.
#181

eglentyne

Jul 23, 2007 20:02:47
Captainshar
Eglentyne - "This is a lovely place for sightseeing too, my good sir. With ships coming in from all over, it's almost as good as a voyage around the world! The docks are open to all, just don't get in anyone's way." The Guild House, not being officially built yet (as per new rules) doesn't really have anything officially in it yet, besides the Dockmaster and his Register.

"Den you have no proublem with me staying and see what I can do, it good place to see what I can do here. You know some one who can use help some help here? Maybe I can do things help in ways." Brensaw saya to him. He looks over the poeple near the dock master and look over him and then look around again.
#182

captainshar

Jul 23, 2007 20:57:09
"Well, what might your skills be, little master? Do you know aught about sailing, or foreign lands, or shipwrighting?"
#183

eglentyne

Jul 24, 2007 15:20:26
"I good at finding things, Things other say abut ships I hear. I see other places, like my kind I travel around and see how they live and do things. I come from Kender Holm that is far away from here. You need help find things then I help you. You need someone who find things? Learn about ships seem fun thing to do." Brensaw say to him.
#184

captainshar

Jul 24, 2007 15:55:18
"Well, I could put you down as a navigator looking for work. Does that suit you? Or, I think we're planning to get a library in here sometime. You could help folks who come in looking for exotic locations."

(I'm not sure what you're trying to do with the character - if you have a more definite idea, let me know.)
#185

captainshar

Jul 25, 2007 21:13:40
"Brensaw for local security. Sounds good. Thanks, and feel free to explore the ships and meet the captains until I have your position worked out more thoroughly."

The Dockmaster writes down the information in a new section of the Register.
#186

eglentyne

Jul 25, 2007 23:19:40
Brensaw Tell him this then, "I like what you say dock master, I get to look around, and have fun doing at the same time. I can do this. I am good at looking for things and finding them, then I will go look at some of the ships. They bigger than I see before, it would be fun to learn about them."
He then show the dock master his right plam, this how we in kender holm respect."
He then look around and look at the dock.
He smiles at dock master then go look at some of the workers loading and loading things. The ones not dong things he ask what they doing and about what going on.
#187

captainshar

Jul 25, 2007 23:29:31
"Just another ordinary day..." the dockhand answers.

"Wait - there's the Noumenal Blade! Shar's back in port."

The black ship glides expertly up to the dock, and a small, brightly-dressed woman jumps to the dock.
#188

lady_rolindin

Jul 27, 2007 20:25:13
Captain Fi'rua watches this taking place, "Interesting little one is he not Dockmaster." They watch him go away then.
Then the book sighing can take place.
#189

captainshar

Jul 31, 2007 10:04:37
Shar continues on her way up the dock to the little shack which is currently serving as the guild hall.

Time to get this place set up properly, don't you think? She announces to the air.


In other words, let's spend a bit of that Guild House money to build something spiffy. Ideas are welcome, but as the Guildmaster, I get final say.
#190

lady_rolindin

Jul 31, 2007 22:39:47
CaptainShar Shar
continues on her way up the dock to the little shack which is currently serving as the guild hall.

Time to get this place set up properly, don't you think? She announces to the air.

In other words, let's spend a bit of that Guild House money to build something spiffy. Ideas are welcome, but as the Guildmaster, I get final say.

Ok first what does the guild have?

Is this an open port, Or an open port with small ilsands. If it does have small islands near it can the islands be made to have fortifacations on them as warning forts.

Or do we have a semi closed port with man made ostabacles, such as drag nets to stop ships, or a wall of sorts?

So I guess the first question is what kind of port is it, an open or semi open with man made henderances to stop or slow ships?
Do we need watch towers in the harbor?
#191

captainshar

Aug 01, 2007 21:31:06
I don't know exactly what the layout of the harbor is. We may be able to decide that for ourselves. As it is, I've come up with a basic layout, described here and detailed below.

The basic structure of the Guild House will be a quadrangle. The two large (luxury) storerooms will form one angle, and the two taverns will form the other. One tavern is somewhat posh, while one is basic, depending on whether we're entertaining sailors or rich merchants.

One guardhouse will overlook the entrance to the Guild, which contains the Study/office (where the Dockmaster is), the Shop, and the Trophy Room. The other guardhouse will overlook the harbor itself. The entrance with the Study, Shop, and Trophy Room sticks out a bit from the quadrangle, inviting people in.

Bedrooms and bathrooms will go above the posh tavern.

Stable goes in between the two taverns, in the corner.

Library goes in between the posh tavern and one of the Storage rooms. Why do we need the library? To look up exotic locations (Knowledge Geography, Knowledge The Planes, etc.).

Prison cell goes in the corner between the warehouses, underground. The Guardhouse is right above it, at ground level.

The servants' quarters are spread around the second story, either over the basic tavern or over the storehouses.

The workshop goes in the corner between the basic tavern and the storage room.


Look good?

Show
Bath, Basic ½ ton 100 gp - Bath, Basic No statistical information.

Bedroom Suite, Basic 1 ton 200 gp - Bedroom Suite, Basic A master bedroom, houses 1-2 people in one room.

Guard Post ½ ton 100 gp - Guard Post If placed in a wall, includes free arrow slits.

Library, Luxury 2 tons 19,800 gp Librarian (1) - Library, Luxury Provides any character using it a +2 circumstance bonus on any six Knowledge checks (which six are chosen by the owner of the library at the time of construction).

Prison Cell ½ ton 200 gp Guard (1) - Prison Cell Holds up to six prisoners communally, or three prisoners separately.

Servants’ Quarters 1 ton 100 gp - Servants’ Quarters Holds up to six individuals, usually servants, in small rooms.

Shop, Basic 1 ton 100 gp Clerk (1) - Shop, Basic No statistical information.

Stable, Basic 1 ton 400 gp Groom (1) - Stable, Basic Can house up to six large creatures.

Storage, Luxury 1 ton 2,400 gp Clerk (1) - Storage, Luxury Contains 3,000 cubic feet of storage space.

Study/Office, Basic ½ ton 100 gp - Study/Office, Basic No statistical information.

Tavern, Basic 1 ton 300 gp Servants (2) - Tavern, Basic Can seat up to 20 people.
Tavern, Fancy 1 ton 3,400 gp Servants (3) - Tavern, Fancy Can seat up to 20 people.

Trophy Hall, Basic 1 ton 400 gp - Trophy Hall, Basic No statistical information.

Workplace, Fancy 1 ton 1,400 gp –Workplace, Fancy Allows the use of a single craft skill, designated by the owner of the establishment at the time of construction, and provides any user a +2 circumstance bonus on such checks.



Have 11 servants total; need 3 ‘Servants’ Quarters’; also 2 ‘Guard Posts’ and ‘Storage, Luxury’; 3 each of ‘Bath’ and ‘Bedroom’; everything else 1 each
#192

lady_rolindin

Aug 03, 2007 15:58:31
That does look good CaptainSahar.

The kind of port I envision for the guild is a semi open port, deep water with a small lands justesion from both sides.
On both small land there could be a small land mass.
the guild could build watch towers on both land masses, so as to be a secerty watch towers.

Maybe the land masses on both side could go out about 1/4 mile or so?
Kind of like a opening that leads to the harbor.

I can go to some map design site and then make one and show you what I mean, by making an exsample of the semi enclosed harbor.

HOw many npc's is the guild going to have to run the harbor and guard forces. Or how many are needed to run such a place?
#193

lady_rolindin

Aug 07, 2007 22:08:41
Take a look at some of these port cities and decide if one might be able to be used for the guild city lay out. YOu or another might be able to draw what the port city looks like from a web site.
http://s185.photobucket.com/albums/x45/Rolindin/port%20cities/
#194

eglentyne

Aug 08, 2007 1:27:11
Brensaw hear what the ones on dock say, he go look at the black ship.

What you say about guild, sound good. Captainshar how big is the guild?

I see map on other thread where is guild on map.
#195

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 17:57:21
The Guild is in the city of Tyrannor, H8 and I7. I colored the coastlines that have docks in purple, and the location of the Guild House proper with a red X.

Map Detail

Our Guild, alas, has only a few members at present. We control a very significant resource, however, so I hope we will soon gain more.

The Noumenal Blade is an old longship of foreign design, planked in Darkwood and crackling with a fair bit of magic. The crew are busy loading a new cargo, with the First Mate supervising. The Captain has left for the Guild House.
#196

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 19:18:13
Salise stretches out comfortably on the seat this time, looking tough and alert, as she did when he first saw her on her ship three weeks ago. She spends the time looking out the window toward the docks.
#197

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 19:30:31
Kaer-Thok smiles, taking a red cloth from out of his bag and tying it over his lower face. He leans back and takes in a deep breath, his eyes narrowing and taking on the more dangerous look they'd had when he and Salise first met. He looks over at her and though she can't see his mouth, it is fairly obvious he is grinning.
#198

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 20:22:41
A moment before the airship lands, Salise jumps up to be first in line on the way out.

She heads unerringly toward the Noumenal Blade which she saw from above a few minutes before.
#199

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 20:37:51
Kaer-Thok follows her quickly off the airship. Stepping up to her side and walking along with her toward the Noumenal Blade. He looks rather strange in his formal suit, but doesn't appear to care all that much...
#200

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 20:53:27
Salise calls out to Janine (the First Mate):

Tell Shar to come out here.


She's been with the Dockmaster for several hours already this afternoon. That way.

Janine gestures to a point of land at the mouth of the harbor.
#201

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 21:05:25
Kaer-Thok steps up beside Salise, nodding to Janine in recognition before turning toward the direction indicated, heading off with Salise. He watches the area carefully for Shar.
#202

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 21:12:38
Shar is, as usual, easy to spot in her purple coat and bright orange hair. She is standing just inside the shack which is currently serving as the Guild House, talking excitedly to the Dockmaster and scribbling plans on pieces of paper.

Hello. Salise smirks.

Shar turns about and raises an eyebrow at the pair.
#203

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 21:22:15
Kaer-Thok nods to Shar respectfully. Standing beside Salise and resting a large hand on her shoulder.
"Greetings against Captain Shar... it has been some time."
#204

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 21:28:23
Enough to sell some cargo, expand my borders, leave this reality, and go on a wild goose chase with a vampire. I suppose it has. And I see you've been busy too.

She looks them over, noting how they stand. She nods first toward Kaer-Thok, then toward Salise.

So I think I can guess - trading money for beauty?


Salise grins. I even admitted it and he still wants me around. More than he wants you.
#205

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 21:53:18
Kaer-Thok puts his large hands on Salise's hips and nods toward shar. He looks up and gives a quick wink to Shar.
"We have been busy yes. Though nothing as strange as plane traveling with a vampire. We have had quite a journey of our own."
#206

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 22:03:27
Shar hardens momentarily at the 'better than you' slight, but brushes it off quickly.

I see.

I take it you found dressing her up to be more amusing than hard labor?


Salise, meanwhile, rubs it in by leaning her head back against Kaer-Thok's chest, saying nothing.
#207

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 22:17:03
"Dressing her up? Why yes, I think she looks quite beautiful in this dress, don't you agree? I like the feel of the silk as well."Kaer-Thok smiles and runs his fingers over the silk covered sides of the woman infront of him. He shrugs and glances across the docks toward the distant view of Salise's ship.
#208

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 22:24:01
Salise tenses slightly at the touch.

Shar takes in the reaction.

Hmm. Well, love-sick though you two may be at the moment, looks like you're still going to need all the help you can get.

I noticed you haven't transferred ownership of the vessel yet. Would you like to conclude that now?
#209

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 08, 2007 22:50:20
Kaer-Thok glances down to Salise, his eyes soft and a smile beneath the mask on his lower face. He gives her a reassuring squeeze and nods to Shar.
"Yes, we should do so now, as we had agreed yes?"
#210

captainshar

Aug 08, 2007 22:55:27
Ten thousand, as-is. And once I get my papers in order I may start charging for time at the dry-dock. I'll have you know that I took out a lot of the old, dirty, or downright evil furnishings that were aboard. Needed to be replaced anyway.

She gives them a last look.

Just don't be too foolish and hasty in these matters. I was young and rash once, or more rash anyway, and I'm lucky my two marriages left me relatively unscarred. But they've made me careful in matters of love. Don't do it for money or looks or even a lark.

She shakes herself.

Anyway, back to business.
#211

lady_rolindin

Aug 09, 2007 8:15:54
"Pardon me Dock master I'll be back we have to take care of ships business, we'll both be back in a few minutes." with that they take leave for awhile." Captain Fi'rua says, then Both of them going back to the ships.

Captain Fi'rua and cocaptain brownwell once the dock master is done with them will go to the ships, making sure everything is readyeded for their stay at the port. Giving orders to keep the ship secure and cleaned up a bit.
after everything is done they will starte to give the crews shore leave in teams. With their own takning watches.
Both of them will go to have a talk with the dock master agian to find a place to set up.
#212

captainshar

Aug 09, 2007 10:56:34
'All righty, then. Shar here and I have been talking, and here are the arrangements:

Guild members are charged 5 gold per foot of dock space per month (non-members are charged 10 gold; dry dock is 20 for members and 40 for non-members). Guild members are also required to submit their Captains' Logs once every year so that new locations and trade patterns and such can be added to the Guild Library. In exchange for this, all Guild members will receive a 10% discount on all shipping supplies and repairs that we can offer out of our own warehouses (not including anything magical). If any Guild member calls for aid in matters relating to the sea, the Guild will look favorably on such requests.

Is that satisfactory?'


Why hello, there. New members to the Guild? How delightful. I'm Captain Shar of the Noumenal Blade, and also the Guildmaster here.

Shar bows to Fi'rua and Brownwell.
#213

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 09, 2007 13:28:22
Kaer-Thok nods and fishes out a bag that clinks and clanks as he moves it. He tosses it to Shar with a nod.
"Ten, as we agreed on. How much do you think it will cost to repair the ship so that it will be seaworthy again? I would like to know what I am looking at here..."
#214

captainshar

Aug 09, 2007 14:48:46
Shar grimaces.

She got it stuck on those sandbars good. Keel needs reinforcing, a third of the hull needs to be replaced, not to mention all the fittings that got damaged in the soaking, and it's all tricky work because of the elven design...I'm afraid it's going to end up costing you the price of a full new ship. Ten to me, thirty for repairs. Though I can give you the ten percent off for members if you'd like to join my Guild. Honestly, though, getting your hands on a ship like that at all is worth any amount of fortune. But I digress.

She goes to the table and pulls a book and a folder out from the mess of papers. She leafs through the folder until she finds a sheet of paper.

Elven Wingship, The Sally's Slip, owner Shar -

She pulls out a pen and begins writing a new line on the paper.

transferring ownership to Kaer-Thok for ten thousand pieces of gold - haven't got a last name here, have you? Oh, and if you want to become a member, sign here.

She hands him the book.


Salise watches the proceedings with intense interest, wincing at several places, especially at the mention of Kaer-Thok as the new owner. She watches him to see what he will do.
#215

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 09, 2007 15:40:34
Kaer-Thok rubs his chin for a moment. He looks down to Salise and shakes his head, turning his attention back to Shar.
"It will be placed under both of our names. Salise is the rightful owner so her name will be there beside mine, I only supply the funds. Once that is done... Salise, would you like to join this guild? We could perhaps use the discount and get a nice bit of work done on the ship."
#216

captainshar

Aug 09, 2007 15:50:13
I heard Shar was delighted to have new members.

Salise watches gleefully as Shar writes the second name in on the deed.


So Kaer-Thok and Salise - either of you got any other names that might come in handy?
#217

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 09, 2007 16:17:38
Kaer-Thok shakes his head smiling at Salise from beneath his mask he takes the pen and signs his name to the guild, handing the pen to Salise afterwards.
"No, I never took a clan name. Never had any reason to do so... though that may change in the near future."
#218

lady_rolindin

Aug 09, 2007 19:58:57
CaptainShar:
'All righty, then. Shar here and I have been talking, and here are the arrangements:

Guild members are charged 5 gold per foot of dock space per month (non-members are charged 10 gold; dry dock is 20 for members and 40 for non-members). Guild members are also required to submit their Captains' Logs once every year so that new locations and trade patterns and such can be added to the Guild Library. In exchange for this, all Guild members will receive a 10% discount on all shipping supplies and repairs that we can offer out of our own warehouses (not including anything magical). If any Guild member calls for aid in matters relating to the sea, the Guild will look favorably on such requests.

Is that satisfactory?'

yes I have a question, if you don't mind.
Is that verticle or herzonial.
What I mean to say is the docking prices like this way. By the lenght of the indivual dock space the ship takes up adjasion to the dock or facing the dock?

And if one gets a dock space, is that space reserved for that ship only? Or does the dock space order change around by when you reenter the docks again?

If so then my ships (being clippers) great ships will take up lenght wise:
Clipper ship lenght with Jibboom:
Ship 245 ft+ Jibboom 85 ft= 320 ft lenght overall.

5gp ft per lenght side= 1,600 gp per month.

Can't there be a ship size charge per month, that migh work also.

say something like this: (I'm going by how many mast the ship has)
Caravel 3 250gp per month
Dhow 1 100gp per month
Galley 2 200gp per month
elf Wingship 3 250gp per month
great ship 4 300gp or 350 gp per month
Clipper ship (great ship) 4 300 to 250 gp per month

And by size of the ships, but a junk could have from 1 to 4 masts, depending on the size of the junk.

I do have the down load of a galley ship if you need it, 2 masts usally.

What do you think?
#219

captainshar

Aug 10, 2007 6:33:30
Salise adds '& Salise Lothrall' after his name, painstakingly forming the letters.

Still learning to read and write, are we, Salise?

Shar chuckles.

And just so you know, I can kick you out if you give the Guild a bad name or too much trouble.


Salise says, Yes, I am learning. She smiles demurely.

One of Shar's sailors walks past and waves at Shar. He comes closer and whispers in her ear.

Really? Well, I've just heard of a rather urgent matter - possibly - in the city. If you two are taken care of, I must away.

Shar whistles for her carpet, which comes bounding toward her.


@Rolindin - Several points.

1. You're right, that does seem a bit much. How about 2 gold/foot for members and 4 for non-members?

2. I don't know why your ship is that long. All the ships in Stormwrack are much shorter. At first glance, the longest one I can find is 100 ft. long.

3. Thanks for the enthusiasm, but you can't technically pay your dock fees until your character and ships are properly statted, posted, and approved.
#220

captainshar

Aug 10, 2007 14:20:48
Well, I'm off then. Be back soon, most likely.

Shar jumps on her carpet and whisks away towards the center of town.


Salise watches her leave.

Good riddance.

She tugs on Kaer-Thok's arm to leave the Guild and go toward the dry-docks.
#221

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 10, 2007 15:47:55
Kaer-Thok smiles down at Salise and nods, turning toward the dry dock and heading off in that direction by her side. He can't help but glance over his shoulder wondering where she was off to in such a hurry.
#222

captainshar

Aug 10, 2007 15:55:25
Salise follows his gaze.

If you want to follow her I can go to the ship by myself. I really am quite good at finding things.
#223

eglentyne

Aug 11, 2007 5:51:48
Brensaw goes up to Kaer-Thok and Salise, "I am brensaw Springpouch, who you are? I think you interesting, you cover your face, but I have meet others like you in other places."

"Why you wear so much perfume, I meet other of your race before."
He says to kaer-Thok.
13 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1201373
16 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1201376
22 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1201377
#224

lady_rolindin

Aug 11, 2007 6:39:54
OK Captainshar the clipper ship is a TSR design, but Wizards did buy them out. So the ship is a wizard design now.

I did provide a link to the design, and the ship is that long.
The clipper ship is a cargo ship and fast too.
Ship 245 ft+ Jibboom 85 ft= 320 ft lenght overall.


Stormwrack does not really give the ships sizes, so one has to refer to the designs made before stormwrack came out.
storwrack don't give the size of the elfen wing ship, but you can use the older designs and a 3 mast ship is between 100ft to 150 ft + the jibboom, not a small ship.

I did look at the magic section of stormwrack, ant to add 'everfull sails' to one ship it would cost per ship:
one set for the 4 masts and one set for the smaller angel sails (4 of them). Quite expensive for both sets, for one ship.
The angel sails are on the jibboom front part, 4 of them.
look at the link I provided, the ship has 4 masts and angel sails also. gives the ship good speed

Look at the design each square is 5 ft, in the Stormwrack a great ship should be almost the same length, it has 4 masts also. I do have the galley design also with the length and it is almost 120 ft long with the jibboom addded. 2 mast, a 3 mast galley would be longer (between 120 to 160 ft). Kind of like the spanish gallens with 3 to 4 masts, big ships, not very fast but good fighting ships. the spell jammer site has the ships and their lengths also.

I like the clipper because it can travel at x1 6 knots, x2 12 knots, x3 18 knots none magical. Magical speed added faster than 6 knots at x1. It can carry a good amount of cargo also.

2 gold for members is good then, so I take it that the ships are lenght wise to the dock its breath at. for uploading and loading of items.

I have read the Stormwrack and know about the cargo weight effecting the ship and their speed, so the speed will go down if fully loaded. I don't think she will be loaded down most of the time, unless the recovery effert fulls up her cargo hulls.
I still want to use one or both as cargo carries untill they can get a contract to recover anothers ships cargo.
#225

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 11, 2007 11:15:24
Brensaw goes up to Kaer-Thok and Salise, "I am brensaw Springpouch, who you are? I think you interesting, you cover your face, but I have meet others like you in other places."

"Why you wear so much perfume, I meet other of your race before."
He says to kaer-Thok.
13 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1201373
16 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1201376
22 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1201377

Orcy has no idea what those rolls are for since it is neither listed with the roll itself or in your post. So he cannot react to them, nor would he have to say they exist. You must declare your rolls before making them... otherwise we cannot know what they are for.

Kaer-Thok raises an eyebrow looking down at the . He tilts his head to the side and looks down at Salise a bit confused.
"When did I... put on perfume? I... don't recall doing this. Perhaps his nose is not working as it should?"
He looks back toward Brensaw and rubs his chin beneath his mask.
"I have my reasons for the mask. But I do not think I shall reveal them for no real reason here to you."
He glances back toward Salise and shakes his head.
"I will stay with you as well. Perhaps I do not trust these docks..."
#226

captainshar

Aug 11, 2007 16:05:24
Salise sighs.

And with good reason. There might be dangerous pirates about. And I don't remember smelling anything...

She sniffs at Kaer-Thok.

Nope, just a lot of you. (To Brensaw): If you mean that compared to most orcs, he smells like he's wearing perfume, I'd have to agree. Now, get out of my way, I want to see my ship.

Salise brushes past the kender and boards the Salise.

It doesn't look quite so bad in black-and-white.

She stands at the damaged starboard bullwark for a moment, then goes to the undamaged port. She looks out over the city from on deck, and lets out a long sigh of contentment.


(It's a bit after midnight currently, hence the black-and-white reference. Darkvision.)
#227

eglentyne

Aug 11, 2007 17:29:40
The roll's for scent smell.
Brensaw say to Kaer-Thok, "You have her smell on you, you no need to cover your face. You don't think others will like you. These docks have many things of interest no? The docks will be safe, you no need worry. I go then, I see you around. Maybe you say your name to me and we talk some time. It not me lady he has your smell on him."
With that he will let her pass and go on his way to get place.
#228

captainshar

Aug 11, 2007 20:50:57
Salise watches the kender scamper away. She turns to Kaer-Thok.

Do I really smell that strongly that it's clinging to you too? I know I'm not wearing any perfume, and I also know I washed this month, in fact, even this week!

She looks thoughtful, then embarrassed.

Maybe the sickness is giving me a bad smell. I should have washed again once I started feeling better...
#229

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 12, 2007 15:47:15
Kaer-Thok chuckles slightly and smiles, shaking his head as he looks down to Salise.
"No... you do not smell badly at all. Take note dear... the halfling spoke of perfume. If anything you smell as beautiful as you look. A scent I would gladly have on me."
Kaer-Thok steps up to the ship and looks around the deck, his own dark vision kicking in. He smiles and rests his hands on Salise's hips.
"A good sight... it has been long since I have seen a place that will be called home."
#230

captainshar

Aug 12, 2007 15:56:17
Kaer?

Salise leans back against him.

I'm happy.

She yawns once, twice.

Let's go see if Shar threw out all of my hammocks... she says sleepily.
#231

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 12, 2007 15:59:57
Kaer-Thok smiles down at Salise, taking in a deep breath he nods.
"Good... then that shall make two of us."
Walking beside her Kaer-Thok lets her take the lead on the search for hammocks, not knowing the ship very well in the least.
#232

captainshar

Aug 12, 2007 16:16:41
Belowdecks, the ship is stripped almost bare. Stains on the bulwarks show blood and the recent fastening places of many metal plates. Salise passes through the hold, frowning. She proceeds to the cabins in the aft portion of the ship. Those, too, have received a thorough picking-over; the port one is smashed through and all that is left of the starboard one is the shelf for a bed and some cupboards.

I had the nicest little torture room, all gone. She says bitterly.

A cat hisses from the cupboard.

Witch! You nasty old cat you.

Salise opens the cupboard door and lets the cat out. It springs at her but she catches it before it can scratch her.

Going to have kittens again are you? Why do you even bother, you know I'm just going to drown them and then you'll hate me even more than usual.

She sighs and puts the cat down. It runs away. She peers into the cupboard, which has some soft odds and ends pulled together in it.

I envy you your place to sleep, though. They may have been old and dirty but they were better than nothing. I suppose we might have to go to an inn.
#233

dragonstrife

Aug 13, 2007 14:39:51
A medium sized ship appears on the horizon. As it nears the detail of the ship is seen. She is about 80 feet in length and has two mast. The keel has been reinforced and juts out. The figurehead is a rearing horse with it's hooves tucked in close as though it was jumping the waves. The wood planking seems to over lap but is sanded for less friction in the water. The sails are patched and well worn. The ship appears to be a cargo ship but is clearly well armed and built with thick wood. The Capitan at is at the tiller and moves the ship gracefully in(or as graceful as a cargo ship can) up to the dock with a slight thud.

(I'm not use to this stile of posting so if I'm doing something wrong PLEASE let me know so I can try to fix it.)
#234

captainshar

Aug 13, 2007 15:09:15
Though it's the middle of the night, the docks are busy as usual. Anyone can direct you to the Dockmaster.


(That's fine. There can be different things going on in different places in and around a single guild.)
#235

dragonstrife

Aug 13, 2007 16:45:11
The Captain a young, female halfelf with shoulder length red hair tied back with a scarf and dressed in a cream tunic leather trousers and a dark brown trench coat jumps off the side of her ship on to the dock an is followed by a gray streak. Looking around she finds a dock master and walks up to them. "'Ello there neighboor I'm Captain Lurania Trumblin of the Warhorse. Let me know what the fair is for docking and I'll pay it. Also, is there a customs I have to go through for unloading my cargo?."She says friendly green eyes shining in the light. Absent mindedly she picks up the large gray cat that has follow her off the ship.
#236

captainshar

Aug 13, 2007 21:01:42
"No customs, we want to encourage as much trade as possible. The fee is 4 gold per foot of dock space per month (or any part of a month); though I can halve that if you become a member of the Seafarers, Lurania."

The Dockmaster dips his quill and hovers over the Shipping Register expectantly.

"And, of course, I'd be interested to note your cargo, any trade agreements you've made, etc."
#237

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 14, 2007 0:28:15
Kaer-Thok looks the rooms over as they pass through them. Standing by the door that Salise enters and watching the cat run past him. He walks up behind her and wraps his arms around her shaking his head.
"No my dear, I doubt we will need a torture chamber any longer. Perhaps a brig, that may be needed just in case. Torture however, come now. The cat... perhaps we can sell the kittens. It is better than drowning them, and we are currently 'docked' at the largest city in the lands. If it is your wish, we shall go to an inn, but I have slept in far worse places in my time than an empty room. I am sure that I can gather us up some blankets and the like from the area to use for the night. I know how much you miss the ship, I wouldn't want to keep you from it any longer than neccesary."
#238

dragonstrife

Aug 14, 2007 7:47:16
She pays the four coins. "My cargo is mostly rare metals with a few exceptions I come from up north so I don't have any buyers at the moment. You said something about becoming a member? What do I have to do, I am a trader after all I know nothing comes for free." She pets the gray cat and as it turns it's head you see that its eyes are two different colors. The left one is green and the right one is blue.
#239

captainshar

Aug 14, 2007 14:15:50
"Perhaps you misheard, m'lady; judging by the look, I'd say you owe us about 640 gold, if you plan to be docking here this month. Your ship's a bit longer than a dinghy. If you're only staying a few days, though, I'll consider charging you less.

Membership brings you lower fees, a discount on repairs and supplies, and access to our as-yet unbuilt Guild Library. In exchange you must submit your captain's log once per year so we can add new locations and trade routes to our library, and come to the aid of the Guild should we be attacked and should you be within a week's sail of this port."

(Note: you can't actually 'pay' until your character is statted.)

Well...all right.
#240

dragonstrife

Aug 14, 2007 14:32:35
Lurania gags. "640! Could you give me a minute?" She climbs the line back on to her ship.

How would I show my stats I have them I just don't know what to do with them now
#241

captainshar

Aug 14, 2007 14:37:08
The Dockmaster mutters to himself. "Still going to have to refine the dock fee thing, hmm..."

Aloud he says "If you'd rather pay by the day, Captain, I think we'll take it down to...coppers for the per-day and silvers for the per-month. So 4 coppers per foot per day and 4 silvers per foot per month. So that's 64 coppers just for day, and 64 silvers if you want the whole month."

(There is a character thread going. You might have to sort the threads by 'from the beginning' instead of 'this month.')
#242

eglentyne

Aug 14, 2007 21:53:03
When morning come brensaw come from outside the dock town.
He go to place to eat first, to one of the inns.
He go to look at Shar's ship then first, then go to ship where orcman and dark women go.
He did see come in last night.

Brensaw use his scent abilty while he walk along to ship.
#243

lady_rolindin

Aug 15, 2007 6:37:22
I do have some questions for the gm's, Orcy the green wonder, Aramar the black, Captainshar.
Ok first I am working on my character, she is done except for the expensives.

Questions to the gm's: in the Arms and Equipment guide page 22. floation bags I see they are small and look like they can hold one character or npc of average weight.
The bags are small to meduim size.

Now with that said: what would the prices of the next sizes be, such as the next size up from the book?
Say the one's in the book are small, how big are the medium and large sizes and what would their prices be.
prices are 5gp per bag, how much for a meduim bag, and large bag?

The next though goes to Orcy, My character would need magical underwater bellows that change water to air.
{The reason why is for the ship recover business she owns.}

How much would one bellow cost? and how long would the bellow take to inflate serval floation bags to bring sunken ships treasure and other objects to the surface?

Nets with half inch squares that are attached to cranes, by ropes.
How much would 4 magical cranes of meduim size cost and the nets?
The nets would have to be 20ft by 20ft, maybe even have magical enhanchment added to them, so they can take the weight and not wear out so fast (4 to 6).
maybe the largest net being 40ft by 40 ft ( 2 at most, 1 per ship).

The reason is to float the objects to the surface and other crew members would put them in the nets, the the nets would be raised by the cranes, (hopefully by using a common magical word to "raise", "lower", "stop", moving left and right could be done by other crew members or even added magicaly.)
#244

dragonstrife

Aug 15, 2007 6:38:46
(There is a character thread going. You might have to sort the threads by 'from the beginning' instead of 'this month.')

Found it! Thanks!

Lurania Hops back off the ship and walks over to the Dockmaster. "Pardon me sir but you seem to be having a bit of trouble with your math. The Warhorse is a 80ft long ship, if the fee is 4gp a foot for one month then my total would be 320 I've payed for a foot of space so here is the rest of it." Pays the Dockmaster 31pp and 6gp.
#245

captainshar

Aug 15, 2007 8:25:31
(Um...OK, I was wrong, but I think you're also mixing up silvers and platinums. 320 silvers for the month is equal to 32 gold for the month. Having already paid 4 gold, she needs to pay only 28 more gold. Paying in platinums is much too much!)

"So I take it you're not joining our Guild just yet. Suit yourself; have a look 'round and perhaps you'll want to join next month!"

The Dockmaster takes the money and goes back to the Guild House.
#246

dragonstrife

Aug 15, 2007 10:16:05
( Yeah, I had a brain fart. I've had a lot of those recently. Thanks for letting me know though!)

"Wait! I do want to be a member I'm just not sure what I need to do to become a member." She calls after the Dockmaster. Seeing as he is at the guild hose, she tells her crew to mind the ship till she gets back. She sprints along the deck jostling the gray cat now laying across her shoulders. The cat mews in protest. "Not now Bella." She says.
#247

captainshar

Aug 15, 2007 13:43:16
"Very well. I guess I'll give half of this money back, and put your name in the Register here."

He offers her the Shipping Register.

(Quick note - I don't think anyone's going to make a fuss since all you're doing down here is paying a dock fee, but it's not a good idea to have the same character in two places at once.)
#248

dragonstrife

Aug 15, 2007 14:00:43
(Yeah, I'm counting on the lag time.)
"Thank You." She walks back to her ship and helps unload goods. "First Mate Cilean, I'm going to take Annie and some goods to help scout out ares of interest. Your Captain in my steed, however if you do anything to dishonor I'll make sure you will never be a sailor again." The First Mate nods and puts down a gangplank. Lurania goes down in to the hold and comes up with a large dappled gray mare fully tacked and with some samples. "I'll be riding through town on my way toward the Merchants guild to drop of something is there any other major city I should know of that has good trading?" she asks the Dockmaster. Then she remembers. "Never mind" She sets off at a fast canter in the same direction Captain Shar went.
#249

captainshar

Aug 15, 2007 14:24:43
One of Shar's men puts a notice on the Guild House:

Please keep a record of all passengers boarding your ships for the next week.

He also quietly goes to dispatch some of the other Blade sailors to keep an eye out for Davar at all the gates of the city.
#250

dragonstrife

Aug 15, 2007 20:09:00
Galloping in Lurania slows as she reaches The Warhorse. "First Mate Cilean, has anyone come in a hurry?"
No Captain. Not me nor any of the crew say anyone."
"Thank You, Cilean, that will be all." He nods as she goes down into the cargo hold. An imp jumps out at her "Darn it!"
#251

eglentyne

Aug 15, 2007 20:55:03
Brensaw go to shars ship, he look around the top part first.
He use his smell ability to get to know what the ones on ship smell like.
#252

captainshar

Aug 15, 2007 21:03:32
On Shar's ship...mostly humans, a shoal halfling or two, the sorcerer is a half-aquatic elf, though several of the humans look like they've got something out of the ordinary a few generations back (like an eigth-orc, a quarter-dragon, etc). Many different nationalities represented.
#253

eglentyne

Aug 15, 2007 23:01:01
Brensaw look around and see who is telling other what to do, he go talk them.
#254

eglentyne

Aug 15, 2007 23:55:16
Brensaw go up to the one who is telling the others what to do.

"The one above your ship, that one part of your ship crew. I work for dock master in securty, is that one part of crew. My name Brensaw, is captain Shar here. I like to meet her." He say to one tellin others what to do.

Brensaw point to flying halfelfdemon.
http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1210480 23
roll for smell sence, he have good sight too, he can see flying elfdemon. not matter what form he(elfdemon) in ,he(brensaw) know flying elfdemon is there.

Brensaw see other elfdemons before, he know what they smell like.
#255

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 16, 2007 0:17:00
Wrong. Brensaw does not SEE the 'flying elf demon' as Davar is invisible. As well, depending on the height of the mast, it is possible that Brensaw cannot smell him either. Orcy is not sure why you are rolling for scent as there is no scent check. You automatically smell things that are within 30ft, 60ft if you are downwind from the smell.
#256

zombiegleemax

Aug 16, 2007 0:37:19
Also, he's not any part elf. He's a tiefling with feathered wings (if I remember correctly) grafted to his back (see Fiend Folio for graft info).
#257

lady_rolindin

Aug 16, 2007 0:45:28
captain Fi'rua of the Raven’s Song with two of her ships security will go to the merchant guild to visite glen.

The ship I will use then will be the great ship from the stormwrack. One ship, when I get enough gold agian for a second ship then I will get a second great ship with fou masts. The design of the great ship I would like to be of the clipper style though. good design.


Not to pipe in on your desion Orcy, but scents even from above would be in the wind, traveling in this direction and that direction. Brensaw might have picked up the faint smell in the wind. See the invisible creature, no. I would have (evgelntyne) Brensaw make a roll every round to pick the faint scent.
Use the hardest smell ability rolls to dedect.

Brensaw might be able to pick up the faint scent swirling around the area everywhere, depends on the rolls of the dice.

But it is up to you I guess?
#258

dragonstrife

Aug 16, 2007 7:14:30
Slamming her back against the side of her ship Lurania hears the crunch of broken bones. As she goes back on deck she notices crates of food have been broken into.
"Cilean!"
"Yes Captain?"He looks up and sees a storm brewing in the previously clear sky.
"Remeber those imps we pick up as we left Trignard in a hurry?"
"Yes, Captain?"
"They have breed. They're worse then rats. Could you take some of the crew down there and get rid of them? If you need me all be keeping look out in the crows nest." He nods understandingly as she heads toward her cabin. Calling all the crew on deck he tells them about the imp infestation. Many groan, but they along with the others go below deck. Returning from her with pipes she climbs up the ropes toward the crows nest. After playing a few notes she launches in to a complex piece of music while lightning crashes around the ships. About a half hour later the storm calms and is raining but the lightning has stopped though it still dances in the clouds.

(I'm not having her do any spot checks yet because she was so focused on the music.)
#259

captainshar

Aug 16, 2007 17:58:37
As Shar approaches the docks (via flying carpet), she takes a look at the man on the carpet to see whether his arm is regrowing properly and whether he coming out of shock or not.
#260

dragonstrife

Aug 16, 2007 18:16:11
Taking several deep breaths she glances around. Seeing Shar she calls out "Hold on a second I'll be down in a bit." She slides down the ropes and jumps off the ship and on to the dock. "Meet you at your ship." She races over and rushes up the gangplank to meet Shar.
#261

zombiegleemax

Aug 16, 2007 18:23:33
Spotting Shar's approach, Davar quietly flies over to her, before addressing her.
Hello, Shar. I have reason to request your aid in this.
He becomes visible before showing the papers.
We speak of it up here, just you and me. If you aren't able to bring yourself to agree to this, I will take this elsewhere.
#262

dragonstrife

Aug 16, 2007 18:34:18
She looks up. Why isn't she coming down? Wait! What if that person is in shock! I have to get up there. She casts "Air Walk". She rushes over to Shar. She stops dead in her tracks when she sees Davar. Hurriedly she casts "Hold Person." looking to Shar she says, "I'm going to guess that he is Davar?"

(Remember, there is a down pour going on right now. A herd of elephants could be tap dancing the guild house and no one would hear them. Nice check though.)
#263

zombiegleemax

Aug 16, 2007 19:24:04
(Roll to beat monk SR, also, what do I have to beat?
Also, paralyzing people flying via wings is generally a bad idea for the future. Thank you, btw.)
#264

dragonstrife

Aug 16, 2007 19:35:34
(Roll to beat monk SR, also, what do I have to beat?
Also, paralyzing people flying via wings is generally a bad idea for the future. Thank you, btw.)

(SR? I'm sorry you probably can guess I don't play monks to often. Also, I thought you were over the carpet, if you aren't scratch the hold person spell. No problem)
#265

zombiegleemax

Aug 16, 2007 19:46:45
(No problem. Gotta learn somehow, right?
Continuity wise, I'll be over the carpet. Just a small tip for the future.)
#266

dragonstrife

Aug 16, 2007 19:59:22
(Ok, a will save neglects. But the SR(Spell resistance right?) to beat is 30. Thanks for having him over the carpet!)
#267

zombiegleemax

Aug 16, 2007 21:07:37
(Probably not high enough, but 17)
#268

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 7:06:58
(Sorry but your frozen.)
As Lurania climbs she gets a good look at Davar. "Captain Shar? How does he disappear. Is it a blink ring or a invisibility ring, or both?" She asks making a mental note to buy a invisibility ring when she gets the chance. She turns to Davar, "Just so you know, my Goddess has rules that I have to follow. You haven't harmed any living thing in my prescience, so I have no reason to kill you, yet." She says.
#269

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 17, 2007 10:35:16
(Davar is a Teifling, which makes him an outsider and not effected by Hold Peson, as Hold person has a target of "one humanoid")
#270

zombiegleemax

Aug 17, 2007 10:40:05
(Oh yeah...forgot about that.)
Davar hits the carpet, listening long enough to figure out some things about the person who assumed to take him down so easily. He then summons shadow to his hand and touches it to the carpet, causing the shadows to expand into an orb of darkness around it. Then he stands up.
It's invisibility.
(Going to let you two have a chance to attack/counterspell my spell like before jumping off the carpet and flying away at max speed.)
#271

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 12:55:58
(I did. I thought a Tiefling counted as a humanoid. Well, I guess I have to learn the hard way don't I?)
She draws her sword. Her face shows that she is incredibly ticked off at herself for discounting that so easily. A lightning bolt shots out of the clouds toward Davar. "Your probably have a right to be cocky right now. No one has ever done that before. Very convincing."
(I really had hoped that I could find out how much damage a lightning bolt would do on a turn by turn basis. After all, she can control the weather.)
#272

zombiegleemax

Aug 17, 2007 13:20:24
(I'm guessing control weather? Also, if we go by call lightning, it'd be something like 5d6 electricity.
Now, would this be subject to SR and evasion?)
#273

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 13:41:53
(Evasion. This is NOT a spell by the way.)
#274

zombiegleemax

Aug 17, 2007 13:45:50
I think you need to make a character sheet then, because unless there's a psionic way to do it, or an item that can give you control over an area's weather to that extent, I don't know if the DMs have approved it yet...unless it's a PrC like stormlord or something.
#275

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 13:49:51
(Drat, well, the stats I made up for her have the details. If that doesn't work, I'll just have to use her sword. It's been clarified.)
#276

zombiegleemax

Aug 17, 2007 13:57:40
Once again, no worries. I'm patient.
#277

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 14:06:11
(There! I think I have it worked out. It's there toward the bottom second star in Backround.)
#278

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 17, 2007 14:19:40
Orcy has never heard of a Weathtrics before. If you can point Orcy to a source that has stats for said race then he'll look it over. If it is just something you've created from your head and wish to play without any mechanical abilities... then Orcy cannot allow it. You could perhaps create a race and submit it for approval, but it will have an LA with the ability to control weather...
#279

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 14:34:33
(How would I submit a race for approval? It's really less of a race and more of a condition. More like Lycathrope then anything else. I agree, though that a LA probably is in order. You don't happen to have any ideas? I'm sort of having a brain dead day.)
#280

zombiegleemax

Aug 17, 2007 15:35:42
Start with the Inter Foundation War Game Meta thread, post info and whatnot about it there. If you have a thread that already has the info, link it.
this

dragonstrife

Aug 17, 2007 15:53:05
(Thanks for the help! The stats are the second post on this page. I've updated it a bit more for some more info about Weatherticses.)
#282

captainshar

Aug 18, 2007 20:22:58
Wait, wait, wait. Davar, you just want to show that satchel to me? Forgive me if I test it a bit before I open it, but - this is better than I hoped for. Why are we attacking each other just now? Lurania?

Shar gives her a sharp glance.
#283

zombiegleemax

Aug 18, 2007 21:54:11
Not the satchel. The notes in the satchel. And only if your little caster leaves. I will only talk to you on a one on one basis. Any other distractions or interruptions like this, and I will destroy the papers and assassinate the man before he wakes.
(Detect good to keep track of you and Strife, since we're all still in a bubble of darkness)
#284

dragonstrife

Aug 19, 2007 6:10:01
She looks a bit calmer now."I maybe a cleric, but I'm not so stuck up that I can't see when I've done something stupid. Davar, I really should have tried to kill you."She pauses, "You of all people should know how hard it is to get information from a dead person." She tries a bit of humor, smiling slightly. "I'm not going to do anything more then listen at this point, though. So no need to for this sphere of darkness. I maybe be temperamental sometimes, but let's just just say that I've been strongly told to behave myself." She nods toward Captain Shar, and ever so slightly up a bit.
#285

zombiegleemax

Aug 19, 2007 10:31:36
I already have all the information. I just lack allies who will do something other than sit in the guild and plan all random acts and never act. Also, I can't get rid of it. I can only make them and wait for their duration to elapse. Also, see my original terms of giving information. I'm already almost violating my code to give Shar information. You would break it entirely.
#286

captainshar

Aug 19, 2007 15:38:47
Very well. If you'd be so kind as to stay out of earshot for the moment, Lurania? I highly doubt this fellow is planning to assassinate the Guildmaster of the Merchants Guild who controls most of the shipping in the area...now can you take this cloud off, Davar, so I can see to read?
#287

dragonstrife

Aug 19, 2007 16:35:40
She looks a bit startled. "I'm not worried about you killing anyone right now. You and Shar are ok with each other, you haven't killed me yet, another good think and you haven't killed whathisface over there." She nods toward the K.O.ed person. "What I'm really interested in is what happened to him. That isn't a curse you run across everyday. Though, if I really must go I will. I won't like it, but, I never had to like it to begin with any ways now did I? However If the information might involve me or, my crew, I would like to know. I hate surprises." She stands up and looks to be ready to leave at a moments notice.
#288

zombiegleemax

Aug 19, 2007 19:31:40
No clue what the arm thing was about. And I really don't care that much. And I'm devil born, not demon born, meaning I don't have to slaughter everyone in my path. And no, I can't Shar. All I can do is make clouds. They're generally for throwing enemies into a state of confusion, disarray, and if things are going bad, running.
#289

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 19, 2007 21:20:49
(Orcy would just like to note that chaotic evil and lawful evil are alignment concepts not set things that a character would know about in the dnd world. They're concepts not set paths that people can say "Oh yeah, I'm chaotic evil." or something of the sort...)
#290

zombiegleemax

Aug 19, 2007 21:30:16
(Sorry. I've been playing games where that is actually expected at some point, and forgot. Fixed now.
Also, I'm pretty sure the caster can't will darkness's duration to be shorter)
#291

dragonstrife

Aug 20, 2007 11:41:55
She looks toward where she thinks Davar is. "Well that's good to know." She stifles a yawn. "Sorry about that. I haven't had any decent rest in ages. I have a bunch of imps in the cargo hold. They got on as my crew and I where leaving a port where the gates of hell had opened up. I though I had gotten rid of them moths ago. Apparently I missed a few." She shakes her head and blinks her eyes in a effort to stay awake.
#292

captainshar

Aug 20, 2007 16:30:15
All right. I'm going to take this fellow down to my ship - Lurania, would you mind keeping an eye on him for a few more minutes down there? And then I'll come back up and have a look at these papers. I'll be but a moment.

Shar sinks slowly out of the fogged area and hands the man over to a few of her sailors, who start moving him to a passenger cabin. She rises again a few moments later, just to the side of the fog.
#293

dragonstrife

Aug 20, 2007 17:06:02
She looks up at Shar, her eyes more alert now. "If you want me to leave just ask. I'm not so proud that I'm going to stay even if you toss me off the carpet. Quite frankly I don't know what use I'll be down there. But, if that's what you need me to do, I'll do it." She jumps off. "If possible could you give me some idea of what's going on after your done?" She smiles. "As long as it won't make the very fabric of space and time to go into fits, mind you." She walks off toward the passenger cabin humming a simple song to herself.
#294

captainshar

Aug 20, 2007 17:16:49
I did ask, and very politely too, just a moment ago...and I thought you wanted to look after our patient! Shar calls over her shoulder as she rises again.
#295

zombiegleemax

Aug 20, 2007 17:37:22
Let me know when you're ready.
#296

dragonstrife

Aug 20, 2007 18:08:02
She sighs and shakes her head. Checking in on the patient she looks to see if his up. A slight twitch is all she needs. "Your probably hungry, let me get you something" she says as she leaves the room. In the kitchen she finds some food putting together quickly enough different types of food as she can find she heads back up to the cabin. "All right, let me know if you need anything else, you can understand me right?" She pours him a cup of water and passes it to him, then pulls out a scroll and some charcoal and starts to sketch something. Once he looks like he's done she looks up from her sketch. "I'm sorry about not introducing myself, my name is Lurania." She smile warmly despite being tired. "How are you feeling? If it doesn't bother you to much what happened to you?"
#297

zombiegleemax

Aug 20, 2007 18:30:18
As soon as Luriana's aura of good disappears, Davar flits out of the sphere of darkness.
Here are the papers, Shar.
(I'll forward what Orcy sent me.)
#298

captainshar

Aug 20, 2007 20:04:10
Shar takes the papers and reads them quickly, as she balances easily on the hovering carpet.

Well, well. I am no lover of undead, but do you perhaps have some more local knowledge concerning this specific outbreak? And what, exactly, are your aims in showing me this? I take it they are rivals rather than allies of yours?

But if the tale is too long, let us break for sleep. Undead are better faced in the morning.


(Shar registers as Good too, by the way. Not a huge aura, but still registers.)
#299

zombiegleemax

Aug 20, 2007 20:30:29
(I know. But Luriana was probably not in the same area as Shar.)
It's really simple, actually. Whoever currently owns the temple is no ally of Sargatanas, and while he's gone, he is still an ally. But the thing is, I cannot aid him on my own, so I need...help*. And since you and the lizard were concerned, that makes you easy choices. And since the entire jungle is enchanted so that only evil beings can see through the darkness that covers it, guess who you need as a guide.
*read: meatshields
#300

captainshar

Aug 20, 2007 21:01:36
Shar sizes up his statement.

Very well. I will give you my answer in the morning. Do you have lodgings of your own for the night, what is left of it?
#301

zombiegleemax

Aug 20, 2007 21:54:35
Okay, and yes, I do.
He then flies away, and returns in the morning.
#302

dragonstrife

Aug 21, 2007 7:03:53
(Yes Lurania has an aura of good. But, she acts a bit more paranoid when she hasn't had any rest. Normally she would have cared if you spiting flames out of your mouth. She more of the calm kind of good, not the more rabid kind. But, it did make sense to send her away.)
"Don't worry, you don't need to answer me now. You really should get some sleep though." She watches him nod off before she takes nap.
#303

captainshar

Aug 21, 2007 8:31:24
'Night, Lurania. I'll tell you about it in the morning.

Shar dispatches one of her night watch to collect the man's horse and get it some food; then she settles down for at least a few hours' sleep.


Meanwhile, aboard the Salise, in the very early morning...

Kaer-Thok is awakened by the sound of a thump and a hiss of pain. As the person moves toward him he can smell blood and salt water.
#304

dragonstrife

Aug 21, 2007 9:07:36
"Mrrm?" she mumbles"Oh, Night Shar. See you tomorrow" She falls back to sleep in the chair, with Bella curled up on her lap.
#305

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 21, 2007 15:37:29
Kaer-Thok opens his eyes and looks around the room quickly. His eyes flicking about to find his sword in case he might need it, while still trying to identify the individual entering the room.

The messanger will be unconcious until morning at least, so when he awakens... then ya'll can start talking to him.
#306

captainshar

Aug 21, 2007 15:43:12
It is Salise. She notices he is awake and curses softly as she sits and starts tearing a strip from the blankets.
#307

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 21, 2007 15:56:31
Kaer-Thok raises an eyebrow sitting up and looking Salise over.
"Are you hurt? What happened?"
#308

captainshar

Aug 21, 2007 16:01:13
It's taken care of. Just got a little more complicated than it should have been. If that stupid dog hadn't barked, or even if that watchman hadn't shown up when I was just about done, I wouldn't have woken you up at all.

Salise grimaces and starts tying the cloth around a large gash on her leg. She's bruised, and soaking wet, with some fresh blood starting to trickle through the salt water as well, but not in imminent danger of dying.
#309

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 21, 2007 16:11:27
Kaer-Thok sighs and guides Salise to sit on the bed, lifting her leg gently and tending tending to it. He looks her over and eyes her with a strange look.
"What exactly is it that god complicated... what did you do?"
#310

captainshar

Aug 21, 2007 16:23:17
You can't do anything about it now so I might as well tell you. But it won't make you happy...

She hesitates for a moment, then plunges on.

I knew that Diggrey - the owner of the slave market here - was going to be after me when he saw that I came back without anyone for him, and he'd certainly be up to no good if he found I've become a turncoat. So I decided to kill him nice and quiet-like, before he knew I was back. But his guard dog barked as I was leaving his house, and four of his goons came running up. It was a rough fight, but I'd got down to only one and I was having a bit of fun with him before I was going to finish him off. Then I heard a watchman coming, so I slit his throat quick and jumped into the water. Stings something awful in fresh cuts. And I swam back here.

I must still be weaker than I thought; I stumbled into the cupboard. It's on the reverse side in my cabin.


She looks at him pleadingly.

But I didn't want you going and challenging Diggrey and giving him time to call in favors from the other criminal lords. Now that he's dead, they'll be far too busy fighting each other over who gets control of the slave market to come looking for me. It's much better this way.

I didn't want to wake you. But I woke up after a while - you sleep such a long time, and I, I couldn't keep lying there thinking that a bunch of my old friends were going to come attack us and drag me back to that life. I knew you'd not be likely to let me out of your sight any time soon, so I had to sneak out while you were still asleep...


She hangs her head, expecting some kind of punishment.
#311

lady_rolindin

Aug 22, 2007 2:10:47
Juskirk Brownwell in the morning will go to the dock master and pay for one month, for the dock space.
The dock master would notice that he is dressed like a sea warrior and wizard mixed. Carring a weapon and 2 wands on him. Juskirk is the first mate and head wizard for the Raven's Song. Just about to post him along with the other npc's.

Captianshar is the prices in the arms and equipment guide page
31, for edible items at the guild?
The dried fruits and vegetables section and nuts section, meats and fish also.
I still need to get barrels of such items for any future travels.
Are there shops there that sell them?

I do remember you asking CaptainShar if the guild needed anythng, yes they do.

The guild needs tug crews with thier boats.

Tug crews pull the ships in the docking area, usally 2 to 4 boats. Then when the ships get ready to leave, the tug crews pull the ships out far enough away so the ships can unferl (sails that are ferled are tied by ropes to the cross masts, unferling is to untie the ropes that hold the sails, then the bottom of the sails is secured.) their sails and sail out of the harbor area on their own.

A good tug ship would be small to meduim keelboat, unless you want to go with large rowboats, to tug the ships away from the docks.
rowboats would be cheaper, and the crews of the tugs could also be part of the dock crews. How many tugs crews are needed? maybe 4 to 8.
That way if the guild has 8 tug crews, the guildt tug crews could bring in 2 ships at a time from the harbor. It up to you if you want tug crews and such.
#312

dragonstrife

Aug 22, 2007 7:20:56
Weak sunlight filters through the cracks as Lurania gets up. Looking over at her patient and seeing that he is still asleep she goes outside to look at the sunrise. Looking happy and calm she leans on the railing thinking about the past day. She grimaces a bit when she comes to the point of trying to attack Davar. Ah well. That's in the past, I can always explain later... She goes back to looking out at the sunrise. After a little while she goes back into the cabin. "Morning, just wanted to see if your up yet." She says as she lights the lanterns. "By the way, what's your name?"
#313

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 22, 2007 15:10:21
Kaer-Thok continues to tend to Salise's leg quietly. He listens and stays silent for a time until he is finished. Afterwards he sighs and look Salise in the eyes shaking his head slowly.
"You are right... I am not happy. I wish you had told me before you went and placed yourself in danger in such a manner. A slave master... I would not have likely cared about the death of, indeed I would have helped you. I do not challenge a man and wait for him to call someone else to fight his battles save in rare occasions. With such a man, a slave owner... I would have given him challenge and had he refused he would have died anyway. I would have much preferred to be there, not that I do not trust your skill. I simply do not wish you to put yourself in danger when I can help you. You'll need to place that trust in me... we are stronger together you know."
#314

captainshar

Aug 22, 2007 15:22:41
But you don't like stabbing people in the back, and that's the only way I'm good at. And sometimes it's better to get the upper hand before the other guy realizes what's happening. Oh, what's the use of arguing, I guess you're right, I just never had anyone who would want to help me before...

She looks thoroughly miserable.

I - I'm sorry. I didn't want to ruin our - well, I guess it's almost day again - our day like this. I just didn't want someone else to, either.

Don't look at me like that, it's worse than if you were hitting me or putting me in irons.


She shivers in the cold water that is still running down her face, and starts checking her other cuts to see whether any are serious enough to merit bandages.
#315

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 22, 2007 15:39:09
Kaer-Thok looks around and picks up a blanket, using it to dry Salise off a bit, being gentle where shes wounded. He sighs looking her over and shakes his head.
"Did a number on you, at least I can be comforted in the idea that they must be far worse off. Honestly, a little swordplay might do me some good before I get too rusty. We'll be able to support eachother well I'd imagine in combat... I suppose we'll need to test that out some time. Maybe issue a challenge to Shar and her first mate there... at another time. As there seems to be something occuring at the moment. But first, we need to get you dried and warmed up."
Kaer-Thok wraps the blanket around her shoulders and puts his arms around her, rubbing her arms a bit to warm her up.
#316

captainshar

Aug 22, 2007 15:48:26
Delighted that he's not angry any more, Salise keeps twisting around to face him and give him kisses.

Now you go to sleep again. I think it might not hurt me to rest a little more, too.
#317

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 22, 2007 15:56:22
Kaer-Thok smiles and wraps his arms around Salise, leaning back on the bed with her and nodding slightly.
"Yes, a bit more sleep will do us both good."
#318

captainshar

Aug 22, 2007 16:02:57
In the morning:

Shar appears on deck and looks around for a sign of Davar; then she checks in on Lurania and the messenger.

Salise is stiff and a bit sore and wants breakfast, and to collect the things from the wagon, and to start ordering new supplies for the ship.
#319

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 22, 2007 16:15:50
The young man groans and shifts wherever hes been set. His eyes slowly open with the morning's light shining down on him. He looks around in a bit of confusion, gasping and looking at his arm, touching it a few times as if unsure that it is actually there. Looking up to the woman infront of him he blinks and just stares at her in utter confusion.

=============================

Kaer-Thok smiles at Salise, chuckling a bit at all of the things she wants to have done. He nods a few times as she speaks and slides out of bed. Taking all his gear and getting dressed the two head out of the ship. Walking along the docks to the wagon while Kaer-Thok calls someone over to see about ordering things for the ship.
#320

zombiegleemax

Aug 22, 2007 17:00:21
It isn't long before Davar is noticeable on the horizon, and about six seconds before he's right in front of Shar, perched like some kind of demonic predatory bird.
So, are you willing to work with a villain or not?
#321

captainshar

Aug 22, 2007 21:27:30
To the messenger:

You're all right, lad. We cut off your old arm - sorry about that - and this lady here blessed you with a new one. We want to hear what it is that brought you all this way with such a nasty wound, but - just a moment.

Shar spies Davar approaching through a porthole and goes back on deck to greet him.

I, for one, am always up for an adventure; I have not yet spoken to Lurania, but I have a feeling she will take my lead on this. I will help to quell this rebellion of undead, on condition that you leave a security here at my guild. I know the quest might be dangerous, and I would not be so foolish as to imagine we will all be unscathed. You will receive it back as long as at least one of us returns to this Guild, bearing testimony to your loyalty to the safety of us all.

Is this acceptable?


***

Kaer-Thok has no trouble finding someone to start repairing and re-stocking the ship.

Salise follows him around happily all morning, mentioning that there seems to be some kind of palaver going on aboard the Noumenal Blade, and that her new shoes must be ready. She opens her trunk once they retrieve it, and seems to be considering its contents for a rather lengthy amount of time.
#322

lady_rolindin

Aug 22, 2007 21:37:23
Juskirk Brownwell will pay the dock master the 60 gold for the month,once he finds him. 150 x4 silver is 600 silver per month divided by 10 silvers is 60 gold.

Juskirk will ask if elven wines and other elven items would sell.
#323

captainshar

Aug 22, 2007 21:49:05
The Dockmaster takes the money and nods at Fi'rua; he considers a moment, and declares it likely that elven wines would sell well. Tyrannor is a large city and accommodates many tastes.

(I think tug boats are a bit of an anachronism for this pre-steam era.)
#324

zombiegleemax

Aug 22, 2007 22:19:33
...Fine.
He pulls out a rod with a definite rope motif.
#325

captainshar

Aug 22, 2007 22:23:15
Good.

She takes the rod and gives it to her blue-skinned Second Mate.

Of course you may ask the same, if you have doubts of my loyalty in a tough place. But being the leader of the Guild of Ultimate Evil, going on a quest where you can only SEE if you're evil - that's just asking for it.

So, I'm not planning to take any of my crew, as I doubt we'll need to be sailing at all. Unless, perhaps, this dark forest is a good way north or south from here?
#326

lady_rolindin

Aug 22, 2007 22:26:54
Juskirk Brownwell will then go look around abit before he goes back to the ship.


Tug boats term came from the term tug teams, who were were dock hands who rowed the ships away from the docks. Then the tug crews would pull in the ropes and row back to the docks.
You could allways use magic to push the ships away from the docks, maybe something like bisby's hand and push the ships away from the docks, or other spell of the like.

witch would require some wizards in the guild to use magic to do so.
it's up to you to use tug teams or magic.
#327

lady_rolindin

Aug 22, 2007 22:34:02
Once there he'll wiat for captain Fi'rua to come back for the merchant guild.
#328

zombiegleemax

Aug 22, 2007 22:37:10
The guild is gone. I am the last of it.
Also, the first to betray me will find out how I managed to decapitate Nhyris without an edged weapon.
#329

sargatanas

Aug 22, 2007 23:55:05
A large black Greatship appears on the horizon with the coming light of the new day. It's sails are black and a deep red reminiscent of blood, as if they were dipped and soaked with it while fresh. Those with spyglasses and other forms of vision can make out numerous monstrosities walking the deck. The living dead move about tending to all those positions any normal sailor might. Standing at the bow of the ship, flanked by the remains of a Knight and those of a Centaur woman. A flicker of light from one of his eyes catches in the distance as the ship rapidly approaches the docks.
#330

zombiegleemax

Aug 22, 2007 23:58:44
...How the hells did he know?
(Good to see you're still around, Sarg.)
#331

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 0:02:17
(Vanished after Dyne seemed ta die off an with him the guild of ice and death, but since stuffs goin down with my throne well... gotta be here ya know? And hows he always know? Little 'birdy' told him... *undead bird flys by* or maybe a monkey...)
#332

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 23, 2007 1:18:58
The young man nods slowly, attempting to comprehend what he's just been told but the signs of struggle on his face show he isn't doing too great of a job with it. His features suddenly twist into panic, he turns toward the nearest person in the room and shouts loudly.
"MY VILLAGE! WHAT HAPPENED TO THEM?"
His eyes are frenzied and paniced and he nearly leaps out of bed, but a sudden fit of dizzyness drops him back to the mattress with a dull padded thump.

==================

Kaer-Thok smiles throughout most of the morning, pleased with the happiness displayed by Salise. He takes note of the things she asks and while she examines the chest speaks up.
"Well, perhaps we shall send message to the blade informing them that we shall be arriving after we take a quick stop in the city to gather what we've ordered. If Glenn is done with it all, which I am sure he is... the man has some... strange way of working more swiftly than one can imagine it would seem. Then we can be on with things and figure out what exactly is going on around here that is causing so much commotion. And what are you looking at so intently hm?"
#333

zombiegleemax

Aug 23, 2007 1:26:14
Davar shrugs.
Dunno. Your note forgot to mention WHERE YOU'RE FROM. And I don't know about you, but I don't generally feel like flying all the way to horechound jungle and searching the entire bloody border for a small town and then flying back.
#334

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 11:03:33
Yelling at him is probably not the best way to get answers.

She turns to the young man.

I'm Captain Shar, and you're currently aboard my ship, the Noumenal Blade, which is docked at the capital city of Tyrannor. Last night one of my sailors found you and your horse both collapsed in the town square. You were trying to deliver a satchel with a letter in it. We have the letter; it asks for help for a disease of undeath.

This man took the letter, but as you seemed very close to death, I tried to heal you. The black disease in your arm got worse when I tried; I suppose I can be glad I'm not a very strong healer. So I took you to a man who knows about most odd and powerful magics, and he chopped your arm off nice and clean so it wouldn't bleed. Your new one grew while you slept.

We'd like to answer your request for help. Where are you from, and what is happening?


***

Here.

She thrusts a large jumble of things at him.

I don't need these any more. Do what you want with the irons and the thumbscrews, though some of the things in there are good for picking locks too. But I want you to have the handkerchief. It's not much of a present, but the blood on it is all that is left of my sister Kira. It's the one thing I never lost. If you keep it now maybe my luck will hold.

Oh, and the needles stuck in it were the only things I could call my own when I was first taken by pirates. They're still useful for sail-mending.
#335

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 11:26:19
The greatship speeds toward the docks, not bothering to slow on it' approach and very nearly rams full speed into them. Slowing only when it is within reach and sending a rather large wave of water up onto the docks themselves. Sargatanas laughs, stepping down from the ship flanked by a number of undead, Nhyris appearing from the waters and slithering his way up onto the docks beside the Lord of the Damned. Sargatanas looks around at the people there and cackles, waving a hand toward them.
"Alright kiddies. We're gonna play us a game. It's called, tell the nice corpse man where to find the messanger I'm hearin about. Do it in a nice, timely matter and we'll all be nice and friendly... and more importantly to you, alive."
#336

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 11:32:45
The dockhands shrug and direct him to talk to the dockmaster or to Captain Shar with any requests for the Guild of Seafarers. They don't know anything about it.

(He came aboard via flying carpet in the middle of the night. They really don't know anything about it.)
#337

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 11:52:34
Sargatanas shakes his head and waves a hand, turning to head toward the Noumenal blade. He and his undead approach the ship looking around and Sargatanas stalks toward the nearest guardsmen or whatnot to the ship. He looks the man over and leans forward on his staff.
"You... corpse to be. Wheres the messanger and yer captain? I'm gettin impatient."
#338

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 23, 2007 12:40:47
"It... it never... it never got to the... to the guard? Oh gods.. my.. my village they. Oh gods... they know... they know where it is they... oh gods...."
The man rolls over and buries his face into the matress, shaking his head slowly he groans again.

============

Kaer-Thok puts his arms around Salise and smiles softly, hugging her tightly.
"Are you sure you want to give me these things? If so... I will keep them safe and keep them always. Thank you..."
Kaer-Thok smiles again, more impressed and pleased that she would give him such an offering.
#339

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 13:53:10
One of the Noumenal Blade's sailors calls over the side: "Captain Shar's belowdecks, tending to the wounded man she brought aboard last night, I would imagine. I can call her up if you wish to speak with her."

***

Shh, shh. If you think it would help to show this to the city guards, too, I'm sure we can speak to them on our way out. But we can't help you if we don't know what the problem is.

***

Well, you've given me so many nice new things...they're poor gifts but I don't really have anything else, and I didn't think you'd like it if I stole something to give you.

She peers over his shoulder.

Another new ship's come in! An odd-looking one, too, with red and black sails.
#340

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 13:58:30
Sargatans nods and starts walking up to the ship, moving with his group past whoever might be standing guard and making his way onto the blade's deck.
"Don't trouble yerself friend... we'll go take a look for ourselves. I'd like ta be havin a talk with this man myself."
#341

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 14:08:20
One of the crew members lets out a skirling whistle. Many turn to look at the group.

Shar springs onto the deck and appraises the situation.

Why hello, Sargatanas. Isn't this a fine day just to be alive?

She breathes in the air and looks about at the bustling docks in the morning light.

So, what brings you aboard my ship uninvited and with a rather large posse?
#342

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 14:12:57
"Yeah, fantastic day ta be alive ain't it? Keep it that way and show me that messanger. I gotta have a little word with this guy, ya know, my throne and all. So, wheres the boy?"
Sargatanas looks toward the lower deck and then back to Shar. Leaning his staff against his shoulder and tilting his head, a few daggers clicking in his hair.
#343

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 23, 2007 14:16:24
"Not anymore... the letter... it was for the guards. They could have sent you... pointed you to where we lived. They... could have... maybe saved someone but... it.. its too late now."
He sighs, slowly sitting up and watching as Shar leaves, turning toward the other people in the room and wiping his eyes.

==========

Kaer-Thok glances out the window and nods, looking the ship over with a small bit of unease. The figured moving about on it just... didn't appear to move right. He turns back to Salise and tucks the handkerchief into his vest.
"I will hold onto these things gladly if you wish me to have them. But you do not need to give me anything if you do not wish to, I know, I say things like that too much. Shall we go on and pick up the things we ordered from Glenn?"
#344

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 14:24:13
The poor boy is currently scared half to death of undead. I don't think seeing you at the moment will help him to relax enough to tell us anything.

Now, I would be delighted to speak with you further if you would like to send most of your sailors back to your own ship.


***

That sounds good! I seem to remember - can you fly? I thought you were using a spell before, but I haven't seen you use any magic any other time. But you walked through the air! We could just walk up to the floating city.
#345

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 14:41:27
"Well hun, plenty of ways ta get information other than askin ya know? But I'ma be talkin to the man if I gotta summon up a whole horde of undead to ravage everything and everyone. So, best we just do this all nice and plesant. If ya want, hide my ass, he can face the other way if he wantsta. Or, if ya want, I'll borrow the body of one of yer crew for a little bit and we won't offend anyone. But my boys will be stickin around."
#346

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 23, 2007 14:45:56
Kaer-Thok smiles, heading up to the deck with Salise. He nods to her once they're there and picks her up slightly from the ground.
"I can indeed... walk on air."
He starts walking upwards toward the city through the air, stepping on nothing and moving as if climbing stairs.
"One of the objects I had created by Glenn on my arrival here in this place. It has come in quite useful and I am sure it will again in the future."
#347

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 14:50:29
Shar smiles thinly.

This is my ship, docked at my Guild. And I've just decided that you're not welcome anymore. Get off. Or, let's see, I can call all fifty of my sailors, my new cleric friend and all of her sailors, Davar of the Guild of Ultimate Evil who is currently my guest, Kaer-Thok, the newest member of my guild and his little drow friend, and my weretiger dock guard. All of whom are within earshot.

As she says this she starts projecting her voice louder and louder so that it rings clearly through the whole dockyard by the end. Then, quietly again,

Or, you can be polite and leave of your own accord. If you still wish to receive any information from the messenger, I'll consider speaking with you down at the Guild House before we leave.


***

Salise breathes in sharply as they leave the ground, but soon settles in to enjoying the view.

I hear Shar shouting down there.

She points.
#348

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 15:00:34
Sargatanas steps foward and leans close to shar, the exposed skeletal jaw inches from her face. His gem covered eye flashes and his cheeks shift slightly where there is flesh as though in a smile.
"You've just assured that you'll end up in my legions soon. I hope you enjoy your death, because I will. Friends... family... your guild will fall. Everything you have ever loved will fade into nothing... and I hope you enjoy knowing that it will be your doing. Maybe I won't even give you sentience... a shambling corpse with no mind... mmm... that sounds like a fitting punishment for standing between me and my throne. Enjoy the little time you have left."
Sargatanas turns and heads down to the docks, the remains of what was once Stormhand staying behind while the other descend. He watches Shar and her crewmen, sword drawn and ready in his hands, waiting for Sargatanas to move away a bit first.
#349

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 15:13:07
Good riddance.

After watching all of them leave the Noumenal Blade, Shar goes back belowdecks.

Davar, were you expecting Sargatanas to show up? I've just told him off for being rude. What's his role in all this? Is he for or against the group this young man escaped from? Perhaps you can talk to him; I rather think he won't want to talk to me just now.

She offers a fancy handkerchief to the young man.

You did the best you could. You were almost dead when we found you; it's a miracle you were able to get that satchel to anyone, let alone finding someone in particular. It's not your fault.

Now, the quicker you can tell us what's happening, the quicker we can go and help anyone who may have escaped.
#350

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 23, 2007 15:23:12
"Well... my village sent me here because the undead that were walking the forest... they came after us. They'd been confined to the forest for quite a while wandering aimlessly, the worst we had to deal with was a few stray skeletons or zombies. But... a few days ago things changed. They started acting differently, they didn't wander they were watching us like we were watching them. It would be... yesterday when they came out of the jungle in a wave of... moving corpses... it was terrifying. They attacked the settlement... and they carried with them some... THING that was expelling a cloud. Nearly everyone in the village was infected by... some sort of plague. Something... dark and sinister. Some of them died there and rose as walking corpses... some of them went completely insane and started attacking their friends and family. Some of us... well, you saw me. It was horrible... when I left they were still fighting off the undead and trying to hold out with that... sickening fog flowing into town. Something is happening there... somone is leading them now it seems... and its... its..."
He shakes his head, an expression of utter sorrow and surrender plastered over his face. He wipes his eyes again and sighs, looking up toward the others in the room again.

==========================

Kaer-Thok looks down toward the blade and nods to Salise. Continuing to walk upwards to the city after the small party disembarks from the ship.
"So it is... it would appear she has herself handled, but perhaps we'll have to make this a little quicker just in case?"
#351

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 15:30:42
Sargatanas steps away from Shar's ship, making his way back to his own. Stormhand steps down from the blade, watching those on it's deck carefully as he steps away. His blade scrapes the ground while he moves toward the Greatship sailed by Sargatanas. Once on board, the ship shifts and moves, a Huge red dragon skeleton climbs up from the water beneath him and rests infront of the Greatship. It's huge eyeless head turns to look at the blade and the creaking and groaning of it's bones echoes across the docks.
#352

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 15:35:14
Coming for help was the best thing you could do. Now, I can send a message to the guard immediately if you think they'll be able to do something against a poisonous cloud. But I think the best course of action would be to see whether my friend has any idea what this disease is, perhaps he's even started on an antidote. Then we can start for your village, and help any who haven't yet succumbed to the disease. I doubt we'll be able to apply the remedy we tried on you to many people at once; some kind of spell or medicine would be much better. Meanwhile, perhaps Lurania can set everything in order here so that we may start before the end of today? How far away is your village, lad? Oh, and what's your name?

Shar hears the noise of the dragon surfacing.

What now?

She goes back on deck for a look. She calls out to everyone in the area as she whistles for her carpet and draws her rapier and light mace.

Hey guys, looks like we might get to fight some undead sooner than I thought.


Shar's crew arm themselves and come on deck.

***

Salise shrugs.

I wouldn't mind if someone did put her in her place. But I know you've been curious about what's going on since last night. We can go fast.

Her eyes widen at the huge skeleton surfacing.

Um, that might be it.
#353

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 23, 2007 15:51:37
At Shar's mention of undead being in the area the young man screams and quickly scrambles to a corner of the room where he huddles up and stares at the doorway.

===========================

Kaer-Thok looks down at the skeletal creature as it rises out of the water. He blinks and looks back to Salise, shaking his head. Continuing on his climb up toward the city and ignoring the undead below at least for the moment.
"Unfortunately I am... not very effective against the undead. But with that number of individuals down there and ready to defend the blade I doubt my assistance will be needed at the moment anyway. Never really have been a fan of the undead... a bit too.. creepy."
#354

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 16:00:09
Sargatanas' laughter echoes over the sound of movement on the deck of the blade. His eye flashing from the distance as he looks out over the ship and back up toward the dragon skeleton. His words come clearly to Shar's ears though they are whispered from his own ship.
"Whats the matter? Is the wittle guwl afwaid of da big bad dwagon? He'll just be... here for a little bit, don't you worry... unless you want to play. He'll make sure you don't do anything too stupid while we make ready to depart... if you don't wish to help me... I'll reclaim the throne myself. But it will be quite a pity when the agreements I've made in the past are broken because the 'good' people of this land would rather insult me than work with me. Ah well, we'll just have to see what kind of mood I'm in when I have my throne back. Now that you've ticked me off maybe I'll finish the job and slaughter you filthy mortal swine. Otherwise... well... if you'd only decided to work with me..."
#355

zombiegleemax

Aug 23, 2007 21:35:39
He's the former and future sovereign of those lands, currently usurped. Also, the only reason I even care about what happens around the Horechound jungles. Our deal is off. Return my item, I wash my hands of your quest into the jungle.
#356

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 22:01:25
Fine.

Shar calls her second mate to retrieve the rod. She hands it back to Davar.

The two of you go and try to fight a bunch of undead without anyone who can turn or heal or banish.

I appreciated your initial politeness, but if you insist on following that maniac's every move, I must now request that you leave my vessel.


***

Upon reaching the ground above, Salise twists out of Kaer-Thok's grasp and makes for Glenn's shop, just leaving her hand in his.
#357

zombiegleemax

Aug 23, 2007 22:02:29
So...assuming.
With that, Davar departs from the ship and heads to Sargatanas's.
#358

captainshar

Aug 23, 2007 22:14:20
Shar sees Davar off, then turns to the young man.

With any luck, those two will leave our docks in a few minutes.

Now, I still want to go fight some undead. Maybe some of both...but still. And I'll need your guidance more than ever, since those two know the area and I do not.
#359

sargatanas

Aug 23, 2007 23:54:37
Sargatanas' eternal grin greets Davar as he climbs aboard the dark vessel under his command. He looks over Davar's shoulder toward the blade and emits a low, hoarse cackle.
"Ah... Davar... so good to see you know where true loyalties should lie. Tell me, what do you know of all this thats going on? You were on the ship with the message boy, would do me a bit of good if I knew what was goin on in my jungle. Oh, and ya got any opinion on sinking the wench's ship and dooming all those aboard to a dark and dreary fate in the deeps of the world's oceans?"
#360

zombiegleemax

Aug 24, 2007 0:24:07
He salutes.
I personally prefer the idea of using them as zombie fodder. They live, no matter, the deed in question would be done and the land free for conquest, they die, fewer good people around, and fewer hostiles in the way on two fronts. Anyway, sir, the situation is currently that the messenger's town was hit by that plague you mentioned once, released by undead carrying something. Its effects were death followed by undeath, insanity, and some type of viral movement that spreads faster with healing, and apparently can be so severe as to require the removal of limbs. His village was on the edge of the forest, light side, so he probably didn't have any clue on what went on in the jungle proper, but my guess is either testing weaponized plague, or beginning raids to build a horde.
The GoUE is gone, after Thasis reclaimed it. My services are yours.
#361

sargatanas

Aug 24, 2007 0:31:08
Sargatanas nods slowly, listening to Davar's words. He laughs loudly when the tiefling is finished and slaps him on the shoulder.
"Good! Good! They talked a lot more than I liked but they could be useful. Ah well, we'll do with what we can. But those were my thoughts exactly, they will be expecting an attack from the land. Wether guildsmen or the army itself, who cares. My intent is to come around from the other side... we can see in the darkness, that gives us an edge over them goodies. They won't be expectin anyone comin in from that side either... when I ruled the place I made sure a few nasty little critters lived in the waters off the shore, but they won't bother attackin a ship fulla undead just ta get ta one teifling. Ship fulla livin things? They might have a problem. Anyway... what yer talkin about sounds like they managed ta make a portable Generator. If thats true I want one. But let them go there... might be a prototype though... damn. We could go there and run inta the bastards with their 'noble goals' or we could attack from sea and find out if they got another one in there somewhere. If not, well.... might still have us a stationary one at least. Won't know till we get there."
#362

zombiegleemax

Aug 24, 2007 1:12:31
Here's the thing, though: the man began sometime last night, and it's currently hours later. It sounded as though it could be transported by a suitable number of carriers, so Asmodeus knows where it is by now. So tactically, the best bet is to just beat the "heroes" there, on the basis that the portable generator might already be there. Also, beat them there, and you get to see the looks on their faces if they survive to get to the temple, only to see you on the throne with your foe's crushed bones at your feet.
#363

sargatanas

Aug 24, 2007 1:18:35
"Yes... there is always that. Not sure where that portable generator there might be... so yeah... lets take our little trip out to sea. We'll hit the place from the sea and take the Temple of the Damned back from this... bastard. Knowin anybody else we might get ta come along? Could help ta have someone else that'd be willin ta do the job. But if we ain't got nobody, well... then we ain't got nobody. Kinda wish these idiot's had attacked the dragon by now though, that'd been funny... ah well. Soon as my boys get back with the appropriate 'supplies' we need, we'll be on our way. Till then, care for somthin ta drink? Got some wine, can't really taste it but used ta love the stuff long time ago. A habit I ain't never quite gotten over even though the stuff literally runs right through me."
#364

captainshar

Aug 24, 2007 8:52:34
I'll be back. Send for me if there's any trouble, but I think he just wants to look intimidating for the moment. And I don't have the time to sit around and be intimidated. If he leaves, mark his course as well as you can.

Shar flies up towards Glenndria once again.
#365

lady_rolindin

Aug 24, 2007 16:32:23
This would be the reaction of the Raven's Song (back post, since this thing came up).
The ships crew seeing the black ship and then the dragon appearing before the ship would have done this.
Firts officer Jukirk would have called the crew to battle stations, resulting in these actions.
The ballista crews the bolts and the trebuchet crews would have loaded dragon blight, greek fire, fireball and snowballs swarm.
The wizards and clerics would have been readyed also.
Even when the black ship left Juskirk would not stand down untill he thought the odd vistation was over, or the dock master says it is safe to stand down.
#366

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 24, 2007 18:48:20
While Shar makes her way back up toward Glenndria, the young man stands and looks around for a map. Should he find one he will immediately begin to mark out the roads and the location of his village. As well, he will point out or mark the location that he last remembers the undead in, a few spots on the edge of the jungle. The majority of the jungle however, he surrounds in a large circle.
"They're coming from in there somewhere... most of them are in there. But... we can't see in there. There was maybe... two people in the settlement that could, but the rest of us were completely unable..."

((Orcy is going to go ahead and post up what will be the adventure location now so when folks decide to move on they can. For the moment he believes he'll keep it all in one spot, if that grows too difficult with what appears to be two groups, he'll make a seperate one for each. But at the moment we'll do one thread.))
#367

zombiegleemax

Aug 24, 2007 19:03:40
I believe I will have a glass.
(You ready, Sarg?)
#368

sargatanas

Aug 24, 2007 19:25:02
(Just finishin up a few 'purchases' that I shoulda had listed a while ago, once I got that stuff posted up we'll be good ta go...)

Sargatanas waves his hand toward a doorway, heading toward it with an arm over Davar's shoudlers and opening it up. Stepping inside the room is large and elaborately decorated with blacks, reds, and the occasional gold. Nodding to a large seat Sargatanas makes his way over to some bottles. Searching through them carefully he picks one bottle out and pours a pair of glasses. He makes his way back over and hands one to Davar, sitting down across from him and moving the glass around under his nose.
"Ah... can't beat good wine. My boys found this floatin deep under the waves still in tact, nice an aged! Everythings better when ya've have some time ta 'age' a bit."
#369

zombiegleemax

Aug 24, 2007 22:46:59
Quite. So, where did you disappear to, anyway?
#370

sargatanas

Aug 24, 2007 22:53:14
"I've been... around. So many things to do, eternity to do them. I was taking my time with some research, got me some nice ideas in my head now on what wonderful things I can do to these poor pathetic people next time they **** me off. Maybe I'll try some of them out on that captain Shar... guess we'll be seeing. Whadda you been up ta with the falling of the guilds of evil?"
#371

zombiegleemax

Aug 24, 2007 23:02:12
Mostly wandering. I don't get out of hell too often, so when I do and my mission parameters change to indefinite, I take some time to see the material I'm on.
#372

sargatanas

Aug 24, 2007 23:14:24
"Ah... of course. Well... as soon as my... business is taken care of things will be all ready to go. Not a whole lot to see around here lately, but we'll change that soon. Unfortunately for those idiots they have no eyes in the jungles, they ain't gonna be able to see a damn thing!"
Sargatanas drinks down some of his glass, a bit of wine pouring out from his lower jaw. He wipes a little off of himself and laughs looking around the room.
#373

zombiegleemax

Aug 24, 2007 23:52:59
Just makes it more interesting to have them wandering through.
#374

sargatanas

Aug 25, 2007 0:01:23
"Yeah, but they ain't as much use if they ain't got no idea where they're goin. Ah well, I'm sure they'll thinka somethin. Hows the wine? Enjoyin it?"
Sargatanas takes another drink from his glass and leands back in his leather seat. Waiting impatiently for whatever he has planned to happen.
#375

zombiegleemax

Aug 25, 2007 0:12:15
He takes his first drink of it.
It's good. I've been wondering, just where did you manage to find a red dragon, anyway?
#376

sargatanas

Aug 25, 2007 0:17:16
"A secret of the necromancer my dear boy... trust me... its a pretty little trick. But... one that I'll have to just keep to myself for the time being. Now, lets enjoy our wine while we await my... comrades..."

((Alright, lets give some other people time ta reply since it don't look like anybodys on tonight.))
#377

sargatanas

Aug 26, 2007 1:34:39
A voice whispers from nowhere in particular. Sargatanas listens and laughs, downing the remains of his glass and cackling loudly.
"Good, we got a nice view on the boy's map and where he's from an all that. Time ta get ta gettin. Finish the wine if ya want, I gotta take care of gettin this heap of wood and corpses movin!"
Sargatanas stands swiftly and marches out the door, his daggers clanking about in his hair on the way out. Stepping up onto the deck her makes his way to the wheel and starts shouting out orders. The undead below start rushing about making sure everything is in order while the large dragon slips back into the waters after the ship's planks are drawn up and the anchor is raised. Sargatanas brings the ship about. The ship lurches forward with a great heave as the sails are lowered. Whispering a few words over his shoulder as the ship quickly speeds away from the docks, Shar's first mate hears his words cleary in her ears.
"Tell your mistress.... You take the high road and I'll take the low road and I'll reach the throne, befoooore you."
A vile and high pitched cackle follows shortly after the words and his voice vanishes once again amongst the waves and ocean breeze.
#378

zombiegleemax

Aug 26, 2007 15:57:14
face on at the sudden information, Davar finishes the wine before heading up, so he can view what's about to happen
#379

sargatanas

Aug 26, 2007 16:58:05
Sargatanas sails out to sea, his ship moving swiftly despite the slower winds. The sails appear to be full as if being blown by strong winds at all times. A number of skeletal archers march to the sides of the ship, watching the horizon and the shore as well. Sargatans stands at the wheel guiding the ship, shouting occasinal orders. Nhyris and Willam the Stormhand walk around the ship, doing their own bits of lookout while making sure everything is in order.
#380

eglentyne

Aug 27, 2007 7:13:49
Brensas see what happen at docks, he go then and see dock master. After he talk to dock master he will go to guild of merchants. (if this ok with you captainshar)
#381

captainshar

Aug 27, 2007 8:49:33
Brensaw can do whatever he likes.
#382

zombiegleemax

Aug 27, 2007 11:36:29
A sentence pops into Davar's head, one that just feels...right.
Go team evil.

An OotS reference seemed appropriate.
#383

aramar_the_black

Aug 27, 2007 17:02:17
A robe-clad hobgoblin wearing a bandanna over half his face approaches the docks, and hails one of the dockhands. He speaks a thick Common.
"Can you tell me anything about that abberation defiling these waters?"
#384

captainshar

Aug 27, 2007 17:06:36
"Think it belongs to that guy, skeleton, trying to intimidate everyone."

The dockhand points to the horizon where the Dreadbones is disappearing.
#385

captainshar

Aug 28, 2007 15:57:34
Shar revisits her ship and looks at the map the young man is drawing.

Good, good. I've gotten some masks which should keep us from falling pray to the curse again, and mentioned the problem to a few friends. We should be ready to leave very soon.

What is your name, by the way?


(Where on the map is this place? Is it faster to go by land or by sea?)
#386

aramar_the_black

Aug 28, 2007 18:38:20
The hobgoblin laughes a laugh of eagerness and pity, and looks off into the horizon.
"Pah, only the weak are frightened of the undead."

He turns his attention back to the dockhand.
"Tell me then, where might I find out more about this, undead weakling, and that ship of his?"
#387

captainshar

Aug 28, 2007 20:52:31
"He seemed interested in getting something from Shar, captain of the Noumenal Blade - that black ship over there - but she told him off."
#388

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 29, 2007 14:22:28
"Ah... g... good. Well uhm... the settlement was here."
The young man points to a location north of the Jungle along it's border.
"The undead... theres a lot of them there. You'll... need to be careful. I mean, I know skeletons and... zombies and... things like that aren't really scary to people like you. But... theres a lot of them. Oh... and my name... is Alexander."
#389

captainshar

Aug 29, 2007 14:28:01
All right. Once you've guided me down there so we can see what the situation is, I think I'm going to have you head up an evacuation, Alexander. Do you think you can do that? I'll provide the ships, and you help people find temporary shelter.

Safer for them, and it'll stop casualties from joining the ranks of the enemy.
#390

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 29, 2007 15:02:59
Alexander nods slowly, looking to Shar with a bit of terror in his eyes, but he quickly tries to look tough."I... think... I think I... can do that. We... we should bring...uhm, chains and stuff for the people who... are affected. If we don't they might do things that would be very bad on the ships."

A soft thump comes from the deck as Kaer-Thok and Salise step down onto it from out of the air. He sighs softly before looking toward one of the crewmen and down toward where Shar herself is currently located.
"Well... have you found allies yet... or do I have to assist you with these... ugh... undead."
#391

captainshar

Aug 29, 2007 15:17:17
Good plan, Alexander. You know...

Shar pokes her head above deck.

No, I don't have anyone yet, and I think I know just the person who can help me restrain dangerous people. We can check in the scrapyard; I don't know if they've gotten around to melting down all of your manacles yet, Salise.

You know what, why don't you head up the evacuation. Give you something a little less dangerous, a little pleasanter, to do. You seem kind of roughed up as it is.

Oh, and if you two are wondering why I was shouting earlier, I basically told Sargatanas he had to show me a little respect in my own guild. He refused, and swore destruction on me and everyone I know.
#392

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 29, 2007 15:37:13
Salise's eye twitches slightly and she opens her mouth to speak, but a gentle touch from Kaer-Thok on her shoulder cuases her to sigh instead. She looks back toward him and then to Shar with a rather fake smile.

"Alright... I'll help with the evacuation... but my ship is going to need some repairs right now. So I don't really think I can use that now can I? And send someone out there quickly, those are good manacles!"


Kaer-Thok smiles and chuckles slightly, he gives Salise a squeeze and glances to Shar.
"That seems like a plesant converastion you had with him. Though, does this not make things more difficult for us when there are two groups of undead working against us instead of one?"
#393

captainshar

Aug 29, 2007 15:43:11
I admit I can be rash, but...would it really be better to have Sargatanas controlling all those undead? I mean, if we're trying to rid the forest of undead, might as well do a thorough job of it.

Besides, did you see what he did with Waken's body? You know, the paladin centauress you killed?


Shar levels her gaze at him (hanging from some ropes to do so).
#394

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 29, 2007 15:51:07
Kaer-Thok shakes his head, not at all phased by Shar's reminder of one of his first acts in these lands. He returns her gaze and cracks his neck slightly.
"No, I did not. I have not met him before now. But had I, I doubt we would have... gotten along? Still... the devil you know is better than the devil you do not."
#395

captainshar

Aug 29, 2007 16:03:31
Well then, if you're willing to use your ship for the evacuations, I can see that building efforts are trebled on the repairs. It should be done in a few days. Deal?

And, speaking of the paladins, I wonder if we could contact them for some assistance...hmm.

I'm going to stay here for a bit longer so people can find me if they want to help. I think I'll go see Glenn again when he's had a few minutes to catch up with everything. And if you're going into the jungle you'll need to wear one of these masks.
#396

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 29, 2007 19:46:54
"Should we wait long enough for our ship to be repaired if these people are under attack by undead at this very moment? I would suggest we do whatever it is we intend to do quickly so that there is no more loss of life that need not be lost. Surely we should be moving quickly instead of slowly waiting and watching."
#397

captainshar

Aug 29, 2007 20:09:23
Well then:

Shar calls out loudly Weigh anchor! We sail for Horechound!


(Um, I was trying to give people a chance to post. I will wait until tomorrow to actually set sail; otherwise, you'll have to find some other way of getting there, folks.)
#398

orcy_the_green_wonder

Aug 29, 2007 20:16:05
(You can wait for a little if you'd like, but the thread here is a few days behind the actual game thread right now since Sargatanas set sail. Don't want to keep people waiting too long for things to get started, but everyone seems to be taking their time with it...)
#399

aramar_the_black

Aug 29, 2007 23:46:07
Sorry, classes got in the way. Brace wants to go. So....

The hogoblin makes his way to the Blade, and calls up to the sailors.
"Hahlo! Might you be willing to take me aboard before you set off?'


If they say yes, then he'll board, and try to find Shar.
#400

lady_rolindin

Aug 30, 2007 2:32:38
I know the thread is behind somewhat, Maybe you could talk to my character and see if they might be able to help in some ways. You never know you might be suprised at what my ship might have to help in some ways.

With that said, Juskirk would be interested in the events at the guild, he would want to talk to Captian Shar to find out somethings. So before you could leave he would atleast try to talk to Shar.
#401

captainshar

Aug 30, 2007 8:31:31
Yep, everyone who wants to fight some undead, all aboard or follow my mark. Good to see you down here at last, Fi'rua; you're more than welcome to help. I'm sure we can use more than one ship for the evacuations.

Once we've cleared the harbor, I want to see everyone on my deck to discuss our plan.


The Noumenal Blade has now left the harbor, with Shar, Kaer-Thok, Salise, and Brace aboard.
#402

lady_rolindin

Aug 31, 2007 16:02:21
Juskirk sends out two of the crew to find Fi' rua at ht emerchant guild.
#403

aramar_the_black

Aug 31, 2007 16:43:36
*Brace awaits silently on deck*
#404

captainshar

Aug 31, 2007 21:15:44
(Might want to post in the Horechound thread, Aramar. Plus, if you read there, grabbing one of the masks and coming to help might be a good idea. )
#405

lady_rolindin

Sep 05, 2007 22:44:15
Captia Fi'rua (once she done with her talk with glen and her crew memebers) goes back to the seaferers guild then talks with Juskirk. Upon heasring that captain Shar left and other things. She orders to wiegh anchor and make an heading toward Horechound.
The ones I know who are boradered, her crew, Brensaw (from pm form eglentyne), Ssaragoth (julius) if he wishes Julius to venture with her crew. Julius is welcome to join with them.
#406

captainshar

Sep 09, 2007 14:43:30
Wrapping up business for August:

The Guild makes 4,000 gp. (Yes, I know I don't have a character here right now. But I had one here at the end of August.)

Shar personally makes:

Business roll for August (1d20+39=55)

55 - 25 = 35

35 X 50gp = 1750gp

This is her high-risk business check, as per the DMG II. This is the only way that characters can make money from skills, unless they make a different agreement with a PC.

Also, it is time for those who have ships at the dock to pay up for September.
#407

dragonstrife

Sep 13, 2007 13:23:39
First Mate Cilean of the Warhorse heads over to the dockmaster and pays the ships fair. Then heads toward the nearest Inn and has some thing to drink.
#408

captainshar

Sep 26, 2007 12:09:03
Shar sails the Noumenal Blade into port. She sees everyone debark - except the sick - before heading to the Merchant's Guild.
#409

dragonstrife

Sep 26, 2007 13:56:48
Lurania goes to the Warhorse and checks with her first mate before tacking up her mare and riding to the Merchant Guild.
#410

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 26, 2007 15:09:26
Kaer-Thok and Salise make their way back to the Salise to see how the repairs have come in the days they've been out at sea. Salise is eager to see her ship and see how it is coming. Quite pleased to be away from the elaborate designing and colors of the Noumenal Blade.
#411

lady_rolindin

Sep 26, 2007 20:16:47
Then once the Raven's Song get to port and docked Fi' rua would have sick stay asking to where they could be taken too.
Fi'rua would go ask Captain Shar, "the sick villagers what becomes of them, is there a place they cane be taken too."

Captain Fi' rua would go have Juskirk pay the dock fees, and he would inquire about chances of shipping business that the dockmaster would know about.
#412

aramar_the_black

Sep 26, 2007 20:30:15
Brace, dressed once more in his city robes, takes to drifting into tow, seeking merchants of various kinds.
#413

lady_rolindin

Sep 29, 2007 3:32:06
Captain Fi' rua (I take it having missed Shar) would have gone to her ship first, then once she found out would have went back to the merchant guild. To find out what to do with them.
#414

eglentyne

Sep 30, 2007 10:24:00
Brensas no think the people from village look so good, so he stay around docks by ships.
When he need to rest then he go to room and do that, but he still look around the ships and by them to see what go on.
#415

captainshar

Sep 30, 2007 20:57:14
Business for September

The Guild makes 4,000 gp.

The Guild starts construction on the plans drawn up two months ago (see earlier pages). The amount listed there is payed.

***

Shar makes: September Business Roll (1d20+39=49)

49-25 = 24

24 X 50gp = 1,200gp

***

Please pay dock fees!

Players with ships currently at the dock: CaptainShar, Lady Rolindin, Dragonstrife, Orcy
#416

redhase

Oct 01, 2007 15:38:36
Captain Shar goes to the docks, (yes trina does look like shar, and is dressed like her), she look around. (thinking to her self, what kind of ship would shar have, i think she would be bold and have the black ship, maybe she right or wrong. she'll find out.)

Shar goes to the black ship, and then on board. paying attention to the reactions of the ships crew menbers.
(do I need to roll any checks gm's)
what does she see on the ship, she would be on the top part of the ship, the deck I believe it called..
#417

captainshar

Oct 01, 2007 20:25:34
(First off, please give me Disguise check.)
#418

redhase

Oct 02, 2007 2:44:23
dusgusie check
Http:invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1295531

28

http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1295548
bluff 21

Now shar is going down the stairs and look till she finds simething interesting. Shar will nod to the crew members she passes.
#419

lady_rolindin

Oct 02, 2007 6:24:09
Juskirk would have come back by now from the dockmaster, It would be good to know what he said and if he knew anything.

The crew of the Raven's song would be sent on leave in cycles, as per the elven navy tradition.
The first of the 3 cycles would be in the port taverns and shops. Always leaving at least 2/3 of the crew on the ship at any time, just so you know.
While the crew stockers would be doing the ordering at the shops to restock any supplies at the port and not having leave at that time.
#420

captainshar

Oct 02, 2007 10:59:32
(Just a sec here, redhase. I'm going to play my crew exactly as if the real Shar was there. I don't have their skills statted, so since you got over 20 on both of them, I'll have them believe your first impression.)

(Also - is this the same character that is at the Children of the Planes right now? You can't be in both places at once.)

Before "Shar" can go belowdecks, Janine catches up to her.

How'd it go?

She looks "Shar" up and down and frowns.
#421

dragonstrife

Oct 02, 2007 14:02:08
(I've noticed that I haven't really described the Warhorse. The 80ft long ship has a figurehead of a large horse with it's front legs tucked in and head raised looking up into the sky. On the prow is heavy reinforcing with steel and ironwood. The twin masts look thick for any ship and the sails have the look of being recently bought. The tiller is large and the spokes on the wheel are ironwood and look strong. The hull of the ship is deep and once again reinforced. Cannon portals a visible from all side, even the front. The hull is also painted a deep teal and seems to be that way because of the tar mixed in with the paint on the Port (left(?)) side in scrawling letters is written in silvery black Warhorse. The Crew don't all take shifts, but at lest five are on deck at a time. Many different types of sailors can be seen, including(but not limited to.) Halflings, elves, hummans, a half orc or two, gnomes, and a few Satyrs.(given they're as close as I can get to Pans.) Also seen wandering around on the ship is a white, short haired, green eyed cat (queen) called Gilian and her son a tawny colored long hair with green eye called Brim sometimes his sister, a gray cat with one green eye and one blue eye, Bella, can be seen on board.)
#422

redhase

Oct 02, 2007 21:11:12
Captain Shar this is my changeling charcater, not my shadowcaster/noctumancer/necropolitan. i'm, waiting on you the gm's to say I can play him still. If he does visite the ships lets just say he would not teleport here and there: the shadows is his domane, even ships have shadows all ships even yours, and ladyRolindin's and orcy's, and Dragonstrife's. lets just say he would see you before you could see him.

You did make acommit about my changelings next work, lets see it's about to start. I will let you the gm's know when they are released, and my changling leader does send out the npc's on such misssions to tag along and watch. such as going to the merchant guild and buying items.



Shar tells Janie, "Orcy has agreed to help, the help is on it's way, cheer up things have been taken care of. I'm going to check down below, when they arrive let me know". with that she will go down below.

bluff check.

http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1296777.
disguise recheck 41
http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1296785.
before shar goes down below she tells janie, "your doing a good job keep it up, ."

Now I need descriptions of the below decks and what she sees, if this is not too much trouble.
#423

eglentyne

Oct 02, 2007 21:38:06
Brensas having look around the dock, then go look at the ships, he go to the Warhorse. He not really get chance to look over this one.

Brensas go to ship , he go and look around. He go to see who look they in charge of ship.
He use spot to see if he can tell who run the ship.
spot check.
16 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1296812
#424

captainshar

Oct 02, 2007 22:22:39
Sense Motive (1d20=4)

You mean the orc Kaer-Thok? Well, I'm glad he's going to help, but I wanted to know how it went about...you know.

Janine follows her belowdecks, which is currently empty except for a chained madman.


Brensaw can see that Shar is the captain. (Doesn't he know her already? From earlier?)
#425

eglentyne

Oct 02, 2007 23:30:02
I write Bresas go to Warhorse ship.no the Knomalblade, he be there allready. Brensas can go to Shar ship when he done look at warhorse.
He look to find Lurnia, he look to see who is charge if she no there.
#426

redhase

Oct 03, 2007 0:23:34
Shar tells her, "Glen is helping, he's aranging help and their on the way even now. Kaer-thok and Salisa haven't come back have the, I didn't see them so they must not have.
Now about this chained man, take him down. Keep him chained but if he's a threat still, bind him further so he can't move with strong ropes. Take him and put him with the others, they must all be together when they arrive. I want you to make sure he gets taken to the others. I will tell you what glen and I talked about once this man is taken to the others, when your done, I'll be top side once I'm done"


27 bluff check
http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1297053
#427

captainshar

Oct 03, 2007 0:33:50
Wait a sec. Let me see your back, Shar. Are any of those cuts infected? You feeling okay?

(I'm going to make her prove herself, because the madman broke through the ropes the last time he was tied with ropes. Only chains are strong enough. And Shar wouldn't have given such a stupid order.)
#428

captainshar

Oct 03, 2007 0:45:35
Shar crosses from the deck of the airship to the Noumenal Blade.

All right folks, sorry for the wait, but we're moving you up to the workshop where we can work on a cure for that blight.

Janine?
She calls out to her sailors.



The sailors give her funny looks. The second mate points her belowdecks.

Hey Glenn, want to come see my double?
#429

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 03, 2007 0:52:07
Glenn steps off the airship making a loud clanging noise as his metal clad body hits the deck. He rolls his metal shoulders, a blade slinging out from one wrist and the other opening to reveal a small hole. He raises his arms and looks at them before the objects retreat and vanish into his arms again."Dramatic entry, check. You have a double? I had a double once, but I had to dismantle him, it got too hard trying to figure out which one was really me. I just never could tell if I was the real one or the fake one, such a problem. But sure, lets go meet your double. Are we going to get involved in a dramatic brawl where you two fight and roll around on the ground then I have to choose one of you to knock out and you both keep saying no its not me its the other one? I've heard that happens a lot with doubles."
#430

redhase

Oct 03, 2007 0:58:21
She turns around then take astep and turns back around, an wand in her hand.
she grows tired of this.

use magic device check
16 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1297076
fireballdamage 20

then dissapears, her scouting mission done for now.
If you want an explanation of why she did what she did. This is why, she relized that the crew is tight net and needs to be exasamed further by other means.
Your crew member did a good job, making her relize that she needs to find out things, and more information is needed before attempting this again. Has nothing to do with the others arriving, this was my planned reaction if this happened, to kill to any who might see flaws in her plan and escape. with the way things work on your ship. If giving the chance more would be dead.
#431

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 03, 2007 1:13:37
((Your use magic device check fails. As well, if you intend to teleport away we'll need you to roll initiative after attacking someone. As well, how are you doing it? Orcy would assume this bracelet which he can pretty much be sure isn't a free action to activate. That happen to have a location you purchased it from by any chance?))
#432

redhase

Oct 03, 2007 1:18:16
The magic items are made through the coa, even though I was refused on moral grounds on some items. I'm not the only one to buy through the coa and proubaly not the last.
the items are made in this world or plane, witch ever it is.
The wizard and sorcerers are not entefearing, but making gold for their things they do. what they do with the gold I know not, ask them. If you want to know I asked Lady Rolindin, Eglentyne, and Aramar the Balck, but Aramar never respoded back.
the items are made on this what ever this place is and should work.

as for the use magic check it should have worked, with an item made on this what ever this is a plane or world.
the intitive check that will be fine then.


Why do you think I went to glens shop to have the other items made, morals issues is the reason.
If any character asked my necromancer to make items for them she would, and charge full price. she would of course have her lower necromancers make them, so as to keep the item being made within the level limit.
That way I'm not entefearing in the game, just making some gold.
#433

lady_rolindin

Oct 03, 2007 3:01:16
Ok before this becomes an issue, the coa wizards can make and sell items. I for one will only make proctection items, the things like the things redhase ask for, blast disks, blast globes no. If the gm's wish to know the gold goes to the Tryannor charities. I don't need it.
The charities allready have the donations there for those that need help, and they can use them howevery they like.
Donations to the charties are 70,000gp from her from three items she had her lower dwarfmages make and are made on this plane. The charities have had the gold for some time.

If the other wizards wish to keep the gold they can I don't.

Like I told Redhase and other players (who have asked) no items that will cause harm to others, will be made. If you want common proctection items and such then yes.
My dwarfmage is not on any side and will not help any side by making items that will cause harm to others. If you want Items that hurt others go talk to the one's who will make them.


I don't do shadow or other necromancing death items also. Go talk to the evil wizards and sorcerers at the coa for those, are someone who can like Glen.
#434

captainshar

Oct 03, 2007 11:26:55
*Posting May Resume*
#435

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 03, 2007 12:05:53
Orcy will post this here for everyone to see. If your character has made items then you MUST inform the GMs. If your character is NPC status and not actually taking part in the games, he/she may NOT make items for other players at a reduced price. They must be purchased at full book price or they are going to be removed. If you have a character that will make these items in game, and the character itself is in game, then you may reduce the prices all you like to sell them. But make sure you are recording the xp and gold you use to create said items. Glenn is not the only person who can make items, hes the only one that is around at the moment in game is all.

If you think you can skirt by and get reductions on the costs of items from a character that doesn't exist in the IN GAME world (level 15 statted) then you are sorely mistaken.
#436

dragonstrife

Oct 03, 2007 13:53:11
(Eglentyne, Lurania isn't on the Warhorse right now. But, she is leading her mare off the airship that just arrived and as soon as she's on her ship, it will be oblivious that she is the Capitan)
"Shar, I'll be over in a minute I just want to check in with my ship." Still leading her mare she crosses the gangplank with Bella(a gray cat for those just joining) trialling behind.
#437

aramar_the_black

Oct 03, 2007 13:55:25
-Edited-
#438

captainshar

Oct 03, 2007 15:02:00
*Posting May Resume*

But if you want to use an item, it must be approved first.

Round 1:
Janine challenges Trina
Trina draws and fails to activate wand (this is a FULL ACTION, to draw and activate. You can do NOTHING else this round)
Shar and Glenn reach the top of the ladder leading to the hold
Shar's crew prepares for a fight

Round 2: Roll Initiative
Janine: Initiative (1d20+3=14)
Shar: Initiative (1d20+5=18)
Shar's Crew: Initiative (the lowest ones have DEX 13) (1d20+1=15)
#439

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 03, 2007 15:17:59
Glenn is slow as usual: 6
#440

eglentyne

Oct 03, 2007 22:16:38
Brensas see ship from air, and it make him happy. He no see air ship like this before,
#441

lady_rolindin

Oct 03, 2007 22:41:27
Captain Fi'rua would go onto Shars Ship from glen's air ship, what is that walking dead man back again. The crew seems to be preparing for something. She then looks to see what is going on Shar's ship and the docks, I don't see his ship. What is going on now.
#442

redhase

Oct 03, 2007 23:14:12
good then itn then:
13 int http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1298533.

lets see the order then.
shar
crew
jenie
shar-t
glen
Damage (1d6+1=2)

captainshar

Oct 03, 2007 23:33:17
Shar charges down the ladder, flicking her trusty rapier out of its tiny sheath and brandishing her new cutlass.

Charging, striking with rapier: Attack (1d20+21=27)

Damage (2d6+3=13)

She drives the point into her look-alike with no qualms.

Yell surrender any time you like! But for now you've forfeited the right to a questioning first.


Eight of Shar's crew draw their bows and stand above the hatch, training their weapons on Trina. Another gets a length of stout rope ready.

Janine too draws her weapon and flanks with Shar.

Rapier attack (flanking) (1d20+13=21)

Damage (1d6+1=2)
#444

redhase

Oct 04, 2007 0:03:14
surrender never.
#445

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 04, 2007 1:08:12
((It is your turn Redhase... are you just... going to say... surrender never?))
#446

redhase

Oct 04, 2007 2:01:18
use magic device 19 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1298804
19+2= 21
48 charges -1=47 left

31 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1298818
aimed at jenie.
#447

eglentyne

Oct 04, 2007 7:01:24
I no want to interupt the battle, but the gm's should know that one of the kender hollidays is almost here.
Trade day, Brensas no work for the 2 or 3 days but go to trade days.
You know trade stories, trade items, drink and eat toghter.
Maybe tryannor city have kender living in their own part.

I would think more kender is here at sea guild, becuase I make 4 small cities for the kender before on tryannor. Brensas come from hidden coin witch was before about 200 miles ne of traynnor city.

Trade days happen 2 times a year. This important to Brensas to go to trade day. Maybe other kender who in tryannor have trade days in tryannor city?
villages of Kenders 4 in disrtict in Deep Groves

Merk's Forge
Kender 355
halflings 75
dwarfs 5


Evening Star
Kender 300
halfling's 150
dwarf's 25
half elf's 65


Hidden Coin
kender 495
halflings 25
dwarf's 15

Crows Landing
kender 430
halfling's 50
dwarf's 35
half elf's 15
elf's 30
human 5

in district area
Orc's 350 {in tribes gm's say how many}
Half Orc's 125
Knols 75
goblins 125
Hobgoblin's 80
dwarfs 160 {hill or what ever gm's want}
**************************************** ******************
Kender 1,580
Halfling's 300
Dwarf's 250
Half Elf's 80
Elf's 30
Humans 5
Orc's 350
Half Orc's 125
Knols 75
goblins 125
Hob Goblins 80
#448

dragonstrife

Oct 04, 2007 14:00:14
Lurania cocks her head and listens aboard her ship.
Listen Check(If applicable)16
(If she hears anything she would go down to her cabin(full round(?)), grab her bow then run (30ft) to Shar's ship. If she doesn't hear anything then she just inspect her ship.)
#449

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 04, 2007 14:28:21
Glenn walks down the stairs calmly, his metallic armor making clanking sounds loudly as he makes his way downward. He looks around and whispers a word under his breath to himself, his body enlarging and muscles bulging. His helmet's faceplate shifts and changes form into the face of some snarling beast and his metal fingers shift into the form of claws. He folds his arms and stays toward the back watching the goings on for now.
#450

dragonstrife

Oct 04, 2007 16:43:48
(When appropriate given I won't be on for a bit.)
Lurania grabs her bow from her cabin and races toward Shar's ship. She head below deck with her bow strung.
Initiative: 22
(so close to a natural 20:D )
#451

eglentyne

Oct 04, 2007 20:14:49
With see Lurania come and leave Brensas then, go to shars ship to see what go on there. He go on the top first and look to see what happen, when he see others go bleow ship he go see what happening to make them go.
#452

redhase

Oct 04, 2007 20:51:56
Init 13
http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1300152

Shar-trina smiles at the fireball doing some damage.
Three frosted rapier and one holy cutlass (9d6+12=49)

captainshar

Oct 04, 2007 22:09:22
Start of Round Three:

Janine Reflex save (1d20+5=13)

Being right next to Trina, Janine is hit full in the face with the blast, and looks severely injured.


Meanwhile, the wood below them catches fire.

Shar's brow darkens as she ducks under the fiery blast.

Reflex save vs. Fireball wand (1d20+14=23)

Before I was somewhat amused. Now, I'm angry.

She lets loose with rapier and cutlass with a vengeance.

Flanking; Rapier then cutlass (1d20+19=24, 1d20+19=34)

Second rapier attack (1d20+14=21)

Third rapier attack (1d20+9=19)

Damage (it's all d6's; rapier, cutlass, frost, and holy): Three frosted rapier and one holy cutlass (9d6+12=49)


Several sailors start a bucket chain to put out the fire. The others ready actions to shoot at Trina if she moves out of melee.

Janine full retreats up the ladder.


So now two identical purple-coated pirates are duking it out in a burning black ship...so cinematic.
#454

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 05, 2007 0:36:07
Orcy would like to note that this ship is, as he is informed, 20ft across. If a fireball is aimed at a character who is in melee with you then it is going to hit you as well Redhase. Everyone in that room needs to make a reflex save against that fireball. (That includes you Redhase)
#455

redhase

Oct 05, 2007 8:31:22
ref
17 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1301228
half damage then for 15

so I take the chained man to the mast takes full damage then, thats funny. he can't avoid the fireball.
#456

captainshar

Oct 05, 2007 12:39:03
Were you really standing that close to him? There was no reason to be standing that close.

An OOC note: I notice that you have been rolling for initiative each round. In this game, we stick with the first initiative through the whole game. You will remain at Init. 13. Also: please don't roll for initiative until the GMs call for it. I notice that you rolled a 4 before we actually called for initiative (under the name Trina), and then had a chance to roll again once we actually asked for initiative. While obviously everyone occasionally rolls something that they end up not using, it's helpful to minimize such rolls.

And just to show you that our rulings aren't always negative: you have evasion. You made the save; you don't take any damage.

And...you're up, still.
#457

redhase

Oct 05, 2007 19:40:19
If you look at the datews I rooled the inti, tou will see i was going to use them that day if I needed too. But the action went over to the next day so I rerolled them. If it cause confusion, don't worry, the rolls that i post are the ones I use.
I know I rolled a 19 or 20 waitning for the action to start, but had to wait so I didn't use that roll too.

Then a use magic device then,
22 http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1302250
damage from fireball wand aimed at the man chained to the mast, his feet.
19 points of damage to the floor and the mans feet area point of burst.

She will just take the damage all full force laughing as she does, while fire fulls the room. Then when the fire ends her body would be on the floor.
#458

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 06, 2007 0:13:22
Glenn tilts his helmed head to the side as the woman's blackened body drops to the floor. He shrugs and walks up to the deck, raising a hand high over his head he shouts loudly into the waters, ignoring the flames as they lick at his armored form.
"Rise from the depths my creation... and give us a little bit of water here, a good rain would do!"
With his commands the massive sea drake he had once before used rises out of the waters, it's mouth closed. Bending it's head downward it opens it's mouth wide and lets the water within it pour out onto the ship below.
#459

captainshar

Oct 06, 2007 0:33:15
Shar whips off her necklace with one hand and lets the cool water soak her burning hair and clothes, with the other she lifts her rapier over her head.

And let that teach her a lesson.

Janine, you should go lie down. I'll send a better healer than I to look at those burns right away.


Shar again casts a small healing spell on the madman.

Let's get these people up there before anything else crazy happens.

She goes back on deck and suggests that they collect the people from Fi'Rua's ship and go back up to Glenn's shop.


Her crew confiscates all of Trina's undamaged belongings.
#460

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 06, 2007 0:55:00
Glenn walks up to Shar his body still beefed up and the mask portion of his helmet still bearing it's savage visage. He folds his beefed up metal arms over his chest and looks down at Shar from his new impressive height.
"Crazy? Crazy!? Why, I knew a man once who was crazy. He was quite strange, talked to himself a lot and liked to dance. He would go on and on long into the night, loud and obnoxious. Alright, lets gather up these infected people and cut em up for study shall we?"
#461

lady_rolindin

Oct 06, 2007 1:38:25
Fi' rua see's then come up from down below, and looks at them both.
"You don't have many enemies do you Shar or was that something else all together? Some mad women looking to prove something?" She will wait for Shar's replie first, then she will then excuse her self and go to her ship and and order the villagers to be taken to shar's ship.
Explaining what she knows to Juskirk of what happened.
#462

captainshar

Oct 06, 2007 12:55:08
To Fi'Rua:

I don't think I have many enemies. I was going to give her a chance to explain herself if she hadn't tried to set my best friend on fire like that.

To Glenn:

And healing, Glenn. And healing.

Thanks for the water; if I find anything interesting on that charred corpse when I go to examine it a bit later, I'll be sure to give you a share.


Shar goes with everyone to collect the people, after magicking herself to look a little less charred.
#463

captainshar

Oct 06, 2007 15:08:11
Shar takes a quick detour, flying on her carpet, to the dry-docks. When she finds Kaer-Thok, she says,

Just give the order when you want to roll your ship back into the water.
#464

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 06, 2007 15:43:52
Kaer-Thok heads out from his temporarly lodgings with Salise not too far behind. The two thank Shar before heading towards their ship. Heading aboard Kaer-Thok gives a slight nod toward those below and stands on the deck as the ship is brought back out into the waters. Moving it toward the docks for the moment. Kaer-Thok nods and grins slightly.
"Well... now all we need is a crew..."



"Yes eh... healing, that too."
Glenn shrugs and heads toward the other ship with the people from the city. He strides up onto the deck and folds his metal arms over his chest for a moment, his body shifting and shrinking again. Walking along by the people he counts them and mumbles to himself.
"Hmm... should be able to fit them on the ship. We'll take them to the city... that way. Should be able to pack in there with them."
#465

eglentyne

Oct 07, 2007 1:41:59
dBrensas after talking to the crew ask why this and that about the things that happen then go to see dockmaster.
When he find dockmaster he tells him trade days is here and he need to go be with his people to celebrate, when he done he come back to help the sea guild.
#466

lady_rolindin

Oct 07, 2007 16:36:42
Fi'rua then will go see the poeple make it to the air ship and goes with the others. Juskirk goes to the merchant guild to go wait on Glen and Shar.
#467

captainshar

Oct 07, 2007 18:26:06
There are plenty of sailors for hire down at the docks; of course, the better ones already belong to a crew, but there are young ones looking for a start.

And perhaps with a little digging, of the sort Salise knows how to do, it would be easy enough to buy some slaves for the job as well.
#468

dragonstrife

Oct 07, 2007 19:17:46
"I think you might need me for the healing bit. Cutting might be fun, but, you don't get too many repeat customers if you don't heal them after wards." Lurania says with her healing kit, and sword in hand."Now who's up first?"
(I'm guessing that her spells have been replenished by now.)
#469

captainshar

Oct 07, 2007 21:35:24
Janine is quite happy to let Lurania finish healing her, but tells her that the only other injured person - Shar - already left for the Merchants Guild again.
#470

captainshar

Oct 11, 2007 21:35:18
The cabin is rather ornately decorated in purple and orange velvet.

Sleep tight.
#471

gulien

Oct 12, 2007 9:26:03
Before leaving Daken at the docks Fel stays a moment to retrieve his helmet from the dragons saddle bags and asks the dragon a question in draconic. Thinking for a moment Daken gives a shake of its head and lies down on the dock closing his eyes. Following Shar, Fel is lead to the cabin.

"Thank you, milady, may the all-mother bless your safety and scorch the flesh from those who would seek harm you in defiance of her will."

Settling down on the bed in the cabin Fel removes his armor. In so doing he reveals many scars from battle and the occasional burn on his war torn flesh. Once his armor is off he sets it neatly on the floor next to him in the cabin and kneels before the bed in prayer to his Goddess. Once done he enters the bed and quickly falls asleep.
#472

captainshar

Oct 12, 2007 10:29:41
Shar checks on Janine in the First Mate's cabin, gives orders that no one is to disturb the young red dragon in the dry-dock, and then finishes sleeping herself.

The next morning a bit-off yell sounds from Shar's cabin. Shortly after she comes on deck and drops a piece of metal overboard.

She then knocks on Fel's door and invites him to breakfast.
#473

gulien

Oct 12, 2007 11:26:21
Fel appears at the door fully armored, his helmet hanging at his hip and greatsword at his back. The room looks as he found it. Everything in its place, bed made.

"Yes, food, Daken has already been up and ate. I know nothing of this town as of yet, will you be my willing guide once more?"
#474

captainshar

Oct 12, 2007 11:32:54
Well, I'm a bit pressed for time...I was thinking to eat a quick bite here at the ship and then get a move on. You can come along as I go try to round up possible allies, though. And perhaps I could take a detour through the more interesting parts of town. I'll be talking to Glenn first.
#475

gulien

Oct 12, 2007 11:42:34
"Which ever is more convienient. I also wished to speak to Glenn today. I regret to admit though I will be unable to leave this area until my duties as Vanguard are complete. I know not how long it will take. Your hospitality does not go un-noted though. I thank you for the accomadations."
#476

captainshar

Oct 12, 2007 11:51:49
You're welcome to ride with me on my carpet if you wish to be a little more maneuverable in the narrow city streets. But I'm afraid I'm not going to ride Daken again today. I've had my fill for a while.

Shar summons her magic carpet and stands, balancing, atop it.
#477

gulien

Oct 12, 2007 11:57:43
Fel eyes the carpet and shakes his head.

"I am not sure that would be best. My balance is... lacking, to say the least. Also Daken is prone to jealousy when it comes to me, as I am when it comes to Him. I shall follow where i can and when i cant I shall back off until I can again. Shall we be on our way?"
#478

captainshar

Oct 12, 2007 12:08:40
Well, you could sit, too. I just find it easier to fight while I'm standing. But to each her own.

Shar flies past the dry-dock, keeping pace with him, and then flies up toward Glenndria.
#479

lady_rolindin

Oct 13, 2007 3:45:24
after Juskirk gets backto the Raven's Song he goes and talks to Fi' Rua and tells her what he saw. Then will go lie down for some sleep.

Fi' rua then thinks about it and decides to wait Shar might know why glen did the things he did and why.
#480

captainshar

Oct 16, 2007 15:50:54
Shar walks from the landing area to the docks and makes her way to the Salise.

Captain Shar, requesting permission to board!
#481

eglentyne

Oct 16, 2007 21:25:49
Brensas then try to keep up to shar, and folow her to ship, " What go on, there is something I want to talk with you."
#482

captainshar

Oct 16, 2007 22:08:01
Yes, my little guard?
#483

eglentyne

Oct 16, 2007 22:49:38
"What go on now?
that shadow thing in shop why it go away, it has smell to it.
I know this smell it not live."
he says

He smells his arm where shadow thing touch him.

http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1320024
#484

redhase

Oct 17, 2007 1:08:20
He watches from the shadows neaby.
Then he can knows how shadow fells like then he thinks.

use magic device
12 the dice din't like me this time.
12

damage from shadowstorm brensaw first then Shar, the others around the ship in the spell range 240ft. 12 targets/ with shar + brensaw =14.
52
brensaw 52, shar 26, next 11 targets 26 points, damage half electricy and cold damage.
after directing the bolt to the targets, hell leave through the shadows.

intit to leave next round.
12
#485

eglentyne

Oct 17, 2007 1:41:04
all brensas want to do is talk to shadow thing, ok den.
34 reflx http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1320254
if like chain lighting spell he only get 26 damage then.

fine he move get hit by some of shadow things then, he change him self into tiger then. move action then. he can move 40 feet, if no in range then maybe next round, he go toward the thing making the noise with magic.
#486

lady_rolindin

Oct 17, 2007 4:50:50
Juskirk being on the watch shift would most likely hear the storm, along with the crew members. He orders the crew to action, not knowing what is happing now.
Juskirk use light spell on his dagger, then has the rest of the top side latterns lite.
He'll send four crew members to the area of the sounds.

One of the crew members would go get Fi'rua who is in her room. She puts on her coat going to the top side.
#487

captainshar

Oct 17, 2007 23:27:45
Shar's instincts are just a tad too slow, and she is heavily injured by the burst of shadow.

Reflex save from Shadowstorm (1d20+15=18)

Shar takes 42 damage.

Shar whirls around and thrusts the point of her sword into the dock in rage.


(You don't need to make a check to use the rod, so you have max damage - Brensas also takes 42. And you are far enough away that we can't attack you in the next round, so you get away. End of combat.)
#488

redhase

Oct 17, 2007 23:37:06
Then he leaves by the shadow going into the plane of shadow.
#489

eglentyne

Oct 18, 2007 0:07:18
Brensas look around in his tiger form, look to see where things from storm hit from.

After while he not find anthing in dock then, ( i guess he no find anything then.)
he go back to where shar was, if still there. if not he go on ship and look to see if she there, he change to hybreed form when he come back.

brensas look injured, but he not try to show it.
I think he need to get some tiles of healing then, and carry them on him.
tiles of healing from complete arcane page 138 cost same as dmg price.
#490

lady_rolindin

Oct 19, 2007 15:03:55
after they see the ones down (14 I count from redhases remarks), Juskirk with two of the clerics on the Raven's Song goes and helps do what they can.

Juskirk will go over to Captain Shar and offer an tile with runes on it (2d8+10). While one cleric will go to brensaw and say a prayer over him (1d8 +5)
#491

eglentyne

Oct 19, 2007 15:48:28
Then brensas take the rune stone and break it then:
12 den; http://invisiblecastle.com/find.py?id=1325428
He still try to see shar and if she know what go on.
#492

captainshar

Oct 19, 2007 18:33:01
I'm still trying to talk to Kaer-Thok.
#493

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 19, 2007 19:10:50
Kaer-Thok steps up onto the deck of the Salise, resting his hand on the hilt of his sword he moves to the rail and looks down. With a nod to Shar he steps up over the railing and walks down through the air as if descending stairs, stepping down onto the dock nearby.
"Sorry, was a little bit busy, how can I help you?"
#494

captainshar

Oct 20, 2007 0:01:29
I'm heading back into the jungle soon, probably tomorrow. I might be taking an airship so we don't have to dock and leave our crews in undead-infested waters. I learned a lot more about the Temple from Glenn.

So: Are you coming? Are you going to think of something better to do with Salise than let her sit on my deck and complain?


Turning to Brensas,

Same question to you.
#495

eglentyne

Oct 20, 2007 3:02:30
"Yes I go, see new place is always good. we can try talk agian. You allright from what happened, it not feel good to me."
Brensas says to her.
#496

captainshar

Oct 20, 2007 10:01:44
No, I don't feel great. I'm going to talk to the new ship's medic I took on in a minute. But I'm going to finish my business here first.

I hope you're not doing too badly?
#497

eglentyne

Oct 20, 2007 14:38:24
"I better before, not so now, that thang hit me still hurt some. then we both not look good or feel good form what happen. I think need see ship medic to fell better, can no go to this place no hurt"
he say brensas still down -30hp.
#498

lady_rolindin

Oct 20, 2007 16:35:03
Juskirk will wait for Shar then.
the cleric healing then would be this for brensas.
10 then that would make 20hp down then for him.
cleric healing

some of the others hit by the magic proubly don't look so good, not knowing their hp. How many are alive?
#499

captainshar

Oct 20, 2007 18:08:14
(No one else was hit; maybe the ship was damaged a little.)
#500

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 21, 2007 9:25:43
"I am not yet sure if I will be going with you. The large amount of undead and the rather, ineffectiveness of my rapier worry me slightly. As well we have work to do here if we are to get the ship ready to sail."
#501

captainshar

Oct 21, 2007 14:40:54
You know what? I'd like nothing better myself than to stay here a few weeks, see my guild built up, and install some better security so I don't keep getting random snipers. But if we wait much longer, Sargatanas will be master of the entire jungle. For all we know he's at the doorstep of that temple already.

Shar leaves off her rant, her face softening as she sees the way Kaer-Thok and Salise are getting along.

But I also know that you two need a little time together.

She shrugs and walks away.

She uses the healing tile and visits her ship's medic for a healing spell as well. (Brensas can have one too.)
#502

lady_rolindin

Oct 21, 2007 15:48:46
Juskirk will walk with them, he says this to Captain Shar, "Please do stop by and talk to Captain Fi' Rua, Captain Shar. We do have some experance with fighting the undead, and are worried about this jungle. The Emeriskan Empire uses dead and undead where we come from on their boarding parties. You might be suprised what we have to defend our selves against the dead and undead. Now if you will excuse me Captain Shar and Brensas, I have duites to perform."

With that he leaves the two of them and goes to the Raven's Song. once there he talk to Fi'rua.
Fi' Rua looks around every so often, giving some to keep watch.

Shar the healing tile is 2d8+10 as per the price of the potion of healing.
#503

eglentyne

Oct 21, 2007 16:30:55
Brensas listen to all of them he just think.
He go with Shar to ship then, he change back to kender along way. Brensas let ship medic help him.
He say to Shar while on shar ship dis, " we talk when you get sleep some, you need rest some like me.."
#504

captainshar

Oct 22, 2007 13:41:38
Please give Fi'Rua the message that we're going to head back to the jungle, probably tomorrow. Thanks, Juskirk!

To Brensas: You can stay on my ship until we leave, as long as you don't steal anything.


Healing tile (2d8+10=16)

2 CLW (1d8+4=6, 1d8+4=9)

Shar heals a total of 22 (from the tile and one CLW).
Brensas heals a total of 9, in addition to whatever he had before (from one CLW).
#505

eglentyne

Oct 22, 2007 19:34:32
" Then I stay on ship then tonight, I borrow things now and then. You know why guild of evil not go to trady day, they make deal with Kender Holme to trade with kender. I no see guild of evil there."
Brensas say to Shar.
#506

lady_rolindin

Oct 23, 2007 2:53:12
Fi' rua finds out from Juskirk ewhat Shar siad,.
Fir'ua spends a few hours, then lets Juskirk sleep while she takes a watch.
#507

captainshar

Oct 27, 2007 12:19:04
OOC: Hey guys, I need to know how many of you are actually interested in going back to Horechound. And not just posting RP stuff, actually being in combat. Shar isn't powerful enough to go all by herself. So can I get a head count?
#508

lady_rolindin

Oct 27, 2007 14:50:18
Well lets see, Juskirk will go from the Ravens Song. He is a warmage, that should help in some ways.

If they every get to talk to the cith and thrown guards Kord will go to help the paladins.
#509

dragonstrife

Oct 27, 2007 18:31:45
(Lurania is willing to go there and be in combat(more exp!), but might arrive late given she's still up at Glenn's shop. Also, one of my other characters, Adrelial Resquint, might be going there as well)
#510

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 27, 2007 22:44:57
((Orcy would like to remind you that only one character per player is allowed in any 'adventuring' group at a given time, save for cohorts and undying servants bent to your will, living servants bent in such a way would likely be acceptable as well.))
#511

lady_rolindin

Oct 28, 2007 3:07:07
Orcy, Juskirk is going and Firua is staying, by the customs of the Elven Imperial code. The first officer is to go on missions that would possibly cause any type of injury to the captain. The first officer is to be instructed by the captain or higher officer, as to what specifices are needed.
Of course Shar can fill in Juskirk as to what to expect and things he might need to bring with him.

I just hope Shar likes a wizard type going with her.


Kord is going with the seperate group of paladins, "once these guards of the thrown are talked too, 'hint' ."
#512

dragonstrife

Oct 28, 2007 8:44:13
(To save from further confusion, Adrelail would not be in the group with Lurania.)
#513

captainshar

Oct 28, 2007 17:51:19
All right folks, anyone need anything before we go? Just to let you know, we're going to need some good fighters to stay with the ships so they don't get overrun with undead while we're looking for this temple. We're taking the Blade, the Warhorse, and the Raven's Song, right?
#514

dragonstrife

Oct 28, 2007 19:34:44
Lurania nods. "Maybe something that wards of undead would be nice, given, you know, jungle of undeath, cannon balls and gunpowder in stock would be nice too. Food, and I'm going to guess that we're walking. That's about it for me." she leans back and waits for further instruction.
#515

eglentyne

Oct 29, 2007 10:47:13
Brensas sday to Shar, "yes we need tiles of healing, potions can be cut or splited, then they go to waste. We make sure that we have tiles to heal our self if needed. Maybe other things to help fight them. I try not to make long, but we all need to have tiles of healing."
#516

redhase

Oct 29, 2007 11:33:47
I,m so glad that Shar is having fun, this is me talking player to player.

No for the cohorts actions, I hope your ready! Lets the games begain anew.

The cohort 12 level is using the hat of disguise: roll
39

Now he finds a place quite close to the ships and hides for a moment, making sure no one see's him.
Drinks a potion of invisibility.
He goes to the warhorse and goes down to to back botton, he places 2 blast disks (4 left) face down against the ships bottom.
set to explode 10 rounds after set down, magical word.


he figures that the first potion might be wearing off, he drinks the second potion of invisibllity.
then goes to the elf ship, ravens song Yes that it thank you shar for telling me the name agaain.

He goes below and places two disks, in the far rear of the ship cargo face down.
Then he goes to the captains room and places the last disk in frount of her door. the two blast disks are proximity setting as well as the one in frount of the captains door.

(go ahead pick them up, you go boom)

That should make about 1 to 3 rounds before the warhorse blast disks goes first.

Next while his invisibliilty lasts he will leave the ship and leave the docks and go to a place where he casn turn visibile again. then walk off.
#517

captainshar

Oct 29, 2007 11:48:39
Sorry to do this again, but,

This Thread is on Hold until further notice.

The GMs are currently sorting out this particular situation, but for future reference:

If you want to start any kind of storyline with NPCs, natural disasters, etc. (read - anything but your own character) you must submit your idea for GM approval. When your character dies, their followers become normal NPCs who are by default under GM control.

If you want your followers to try to get revenge or something like that, that might be a great story idea. You just need to get approval from the GMs first.
#518

lady_rolindin

Oct 29, 2007 12:03:31
then lets see what happens.
#519

redhase

Oct 29, 2007 12:22:54
I keeped my part of the agrement between what me and Aramar the black talked about (I sent asll the gm's my pm between me and aarmar the black), he's under my control; there are no other changlings there shar.

and he's moving at x2 speed to cover the distance so the invisiblity potions don't wear off.
#520

dragonstrife

Oct 29, 2007 15:51:44
(Last post till tread is reopened by Shar from me.
@ Redhase: Gee, thanks, I've always wanted and exploding disk!:P )
#521

captainshar

Oct 29, 2007 19:41:07
Noted. Thanks for the clarification, redhase, and your discussion with Aramar will certainly be taken into consideration.

But we still need to sort this out.

(Please do not post here further, people. PM us if you have questions.)
#522

captainshar

Oct 30, 2007 16:50:07
Go ahead and roll some checks for Lurania's crew, Dragonstrife. DC 20 Spot and DC 10 Listen. This is backing up. This is before redhase's character can place the blast disks.

I'll be doing the same checks for the general population at the docks when I have a few more minutes.

Thread Open.
#523

redhase

Oct 30, 2007 17:33:05
even though he was invisible before going on her ship? he did have the second invisibility potion still on him before drinking it on the ships bottom. to stay invisible even longer, so he could go to the next ship.

To me the dock workers would have seen his disigue of being a dock worker going behing some cargo on the docks. If one of the dock workers went to go look after awhile and saw no one there, they might shurg thier shoulds or might look around in confusion. he did have a disguise check of 39.
#524

dragonstrife

Oct 30, 2007 19:25:55
(I might need some help on that part I'm not sure how to do spot and listen checks for unstated characters. Do I just roll a 20d and post to results with a link?)
#525

redhase

Oct 30, 2007 19:41:02
I believe what shar wants is does any of the crew notice anything strange. something like having it fell like someone passed one of your npc's that can't be seen. air movment close to them, or maybe touching something in the ships hall ways they can't see maybe?
he is stated under Trina in the character thread.
Of course when he sees one of your npc's in a hall way, he'll wait till they leave and then go through, if the hallway is small. if there is room for two to pass then he'll go side ways past them. Invisibile of course.

He does have evasion to avoid contact with the npc's and his thought tricks, witch if he has too he will use the confusion though trick on the npc's.

thought trick confuse will save is 10+6+3 for save 19 not to be confused as to what happened.
#526

aramar_the_black

Oct 30, 2007 21:07:20
Dragonstrife, roll a d20+3. For both checks.
Oh, and redhase, how did you get a +27 on your disguise check?
#527

redhase

Oct 30, 2007 21:49:53
Hat of disguise +10, changeling ability +10, I did get the disguise ability wrong, it a +8 not 7 skill on the character sheet,
So the roll would be an roll of 40 then. not 39.
and if nessary he will use his though trick confuse on the ships npc's if nessary. will save 19.
the hat was in the trunk trina didn't use it when she went to the guild, just her changeling ability+10 and her disguise skill. he has the hat now.

ok gm's here's the list of things he has on him, so you know.
potable holes 3
necklace of fireballs type 3, 1 7d6, 2 5d6, 4 3d6
hat of disguise
cats grace potion
blur potion
invisibility potion 2 (1 used allready)
pass with out trace dust
shriek rocks 2
ring of mind shielding
+2 braclet of proctection
burglers vest
cloak of charasima +2
blast disks 5 in portable hole
cloths in one of the holes to change into if he can get away and start over else where.
#528

eglentyne

Oct 31, 2007 0:38:05
Brensas still with Shar so he not know what is happening, when things happen he go see what go on then. he talk with Shar till whatever happen.
#529

dragonstrife

Oct 31, 2007 14:12:45
(Thanks!
6 for spot and 13 for listen. I'm pretty sure that didn't cut it. :D )
#530

redhase

Oct 31, 2007 15:16:12
Proubaly not, the only nthing thinging about it is this gm,s the
placement of the blast disks will be both disks with in 2 feet of each other on the bottom of the ship, face down. Set to explode at the same time. Won't leave one in a hall way.
easer to escape unseen.
now a count down to explosions,
30 blast points damage to ships hull

now's it's your turn LR for checks then I think.

here's the roll for both disks and the one placed by the captians door.

ships hull25 points of damage

damage if one of the crew members sets of the disk by the captains door.
19 points of damage if spoted and they stop.

this is fun we should do this again sometime soon.
#531

lady_rolindin

Oct 31, 2007 15:40:15
Then the roll to see if my lower npc's do any better, a +3 is a good avarage to see if they are looking down every so often and lisening.

16 they did a little better,
spot

listen
listen check 7 listen

now for the spot check by door.
20 20 spot check

I guess some of them just might have payed attention them, maybe.

The one by the captains door, the npc who spotted it would then go tell the LT. Commander, because Juskirk is with Shar, and Fi'rua is sleeping from pulling the night shift.

Reaction of Lt. Commander, get others ship crews to get some rope, lower one of the ships npc's to Fi'rua's window and wake her up. Have another ships crews go to Juskirk.

with the being 80hp hardness of 5 great ship.
#532

aramar_the_black

Oct 31, 2007 16:07:43
Hold on.
Dragonstife, make one more roll. Sorry I forgot to mention that earlier.
#533

dragonstrife

Oct 31, 2007 20:01:27
( I just rolled once and did a bit better, 16 :D )
#534

aramar_the_black

Oct 31, 2007 20:59:24
Alright then.
Dren has suceeded complete the placing of disks, but as he goes back on the top deck to leave, the sailors around him to notice his presence.
#535

captainshar

Nov 01, 2007 10:28:23
Brensas, do you want to get anything before we go? I think I'm also going to go tell Glenn about what happened earlier. You sure you still want to come to the jungle with us instead of chasing that shadow person?
#536

eglentyne

Nov 01, 2007 14:04:33
Brensas think for moment, "shadow person not worry me right now, other things do. I want to go see this temple of damed, I do know some things about it from when I at guild of evil. I want to have things to fight undead, things that hurt them.
Glen can make for me, beside we not finish talk shadow thing try to hurt us."
#537

dragonstrife

Nov 01, 2007 14:31:29
(The sailors do as they have been trained, immobilize the threat(knocking them out) and search for traps while one goes of to get the Capitan(Lurania), then dismantle them in place. Let me know if I need to roll a grapple check or anything else, I'm guessing that their is at least 5 sailors up on deck and at least 5 else where on board including the first mate the rest are on leave.)
#538

captainshar

Nov 01, 2007 15:46:20
(Eglentyne: I want to wait for this stuff to resolve before we go talk to Glenn.)

Why didn't you speak up earlier? Tell me what you know.
#539

eglentyne

Nov 01, 2007 16:21:25
I play my character, brensas did ask to Shar on post 505, "Why guild of evil no at trade day, they have agrement with kender."
Shar not answer or want to know why he at guild of evil and such.
Brensas say other place too, he talk to the kender who interest in going to guild of evil, he show them his map and map of guild hall.
Right now since Shar not answer him he think she no interested in how kender and guild of evil connected.
Or maybe was agrement, since they not show up for trade day.
Brensas think about what is going on now with guild of evil, they enemys now? they forget? guild make plans to do things to kneder and such. He confused with guild of evil actions.
#540

captainshar

Nov 01, 2007 17:25:53
Sorry if I was busy earlier, but I'm listening now. What's going on?
#541

eglentyne

Nov 02, 2007 3:35:03
Brensas look at Shar then think for moment, "Lot of things I think of, things like why guild of evil no come to trade day.

You know of Kender Holme trade deal with guild of evil.
do you know this Shar?

Do you know I at guild of evil, and be part of trade agrement with Kender Holme cities.
Guild of evil let me and other kender look around place they live in and see the small cities and villages by guild of evil.

Do you know there is black dragon by guild of evil and dragon is friend with them. I go talk to black dragon, that was fun. The dragon no like me I think, he no nice like you are Shar.

Dragon say I ask him too many questions, it bother him I think

I not know if this good or bad thing since guild of evil not be at trade day.
The guild of evil no let kender go to temple of damed when I there, I want to go see this temple.

I need things to fight dead things at temple of damed, this time I get to see temple and why they no let kneder go see."
#542

aramar_the_black

Nov 02, 2007 10:36:02
Dragonstrife: roll one d20+3, and then a percentile die.
#543

dragonstrife

Nov 02, 2007 11:09:19
(Rolled a 7 and 76%. Not sure where that puts me)
#544

captainshar

Nov 02, 2007 14:42:04
So you think the Guild of Evil and the Temple of the Damned are planning something together?

And I'm glad you think I'm nice.


Shar lets off a shower of sparks for Brensas's amusement.
#545

eglentyne

Nov 02, 2007 15:06:13
"IF temple of damed and guild of evil plan something maybe, they no talk about plans much when I at guild of evil?
I know both guilds know each other, maybe guild of evil want help this leader of temple of damed to do what every he try do.

I think kender have magic things guild of evil want, that why guild of evil want kender to trade with them. They want magic things kender find. They say they give kender things if we borrow magic things from others they want.

Why sea guild no what to trade with kender from kender holme?

There is something I want to trade with you Shar
."
#546

captainshar

Nov 02, 2007 15:13:36
Of course the Seafarers want to trade with the kender! I thought it was pretty common knowledge that we trade with everybody. We're a trading guild.

But what did you want to trade with me?
#547

eglentyne

Nov 02, 2007 15:34:27
"Yes the sea guild trade things with others and get things others want. I guess waht I mean is why guild no make contract with kender Holme. If guild do like guild of evil has with kender. That way guild of evil can no get all magical things kender have. The guild have all kinds of magic things they can use, that kender find or borrow."

Brensas then pull things out of his bag, he put them on ground by him. He take out book first, then take out a ring, mug, pulter plate sliverware with loin on them. the rune rock she trade with other kender at trade day. two more books. one has a folded papers sticking out of it. a braclet with a blue stone on it, and another ring, "This is what I what to trade with you, this ring. I show you what ring do if you want. No need worry about ring guild of evil kill lot of people in town where I find ring. Ring come from elf women they kill, guild of evil not not find ring I do."
#548

captainshar

Nov 02, 2007 15:46:31
(Did you actually "pay" for those items from your starting gold? You can't trade them if you didn't.)

Yes, I would like to set up a particular alliance with the kender.

And please show me what the ring does.
#549

eglentyne

Nov 02, 2007 16:00:12
All of the things Brensas borrowed or find are from game before, still have them and keep them. Other items he allready trade away to others. He had them from before or found them, when he go to guild of evil and travel around Tryanor.

Then brensas take off ring he have on left hand and out in pocket "ring of jumping" he paid for allready. He put on ring then disappear in front of Shar. Shar can feel her legs being poked, " you see I can touch and you not see me, my braclet not do that (yes he pay for braclet of see invisibility he has"
#550

captainshar

Nov 02, 2007 19:51:58
(All right. I think it's OK.)

That does seem pretty useful. What sort of thing do you want for it?

Although, I already have a ring that lets me do this...


She activates her chameleon power and suddenly takes on the texture of the docks.
#551

aramar_the_black

Nov 02, 2007 20:07:48
Alright, so the crew of the Warhorse, despite suspecting a presence, have failed to verify that there is actually something/someone there. Thus, Dern manages to slip past.
However, just a he is about to leave, an explosion rocks the ship, coming from the rear hull.

(Will get to the Ravens Song ruling later tonight. Or morning.)
#552

dragonstrife

Nov 02, 2007 20:25:40
The sailors curse and try to stop, if any, a leak
Lurania's head jerks up and she looks out the window. "Shar, Juskirk, Brensas, please pardon me, someone just tried to cripple my ship. If I had a brain in my head I'd say they might try to do the same to one, or both of your ships." She gets up and runs for her ship.

I'm not sure how much damage was done given this is a wooden/enchanted iron(to stop rusting) version of one of the Ice Breaker ships made of iron wood.
#553

captainshar

Nov 02, 2007 22:42:39
Brensas, can you help sniff out the intruder?

Shar sprints to her ship and orders all the crew aboard to fan out and feel for anyone invisible, and keep an eye out for any planted devices.

Ho! Intruder! Might be invisible! Catch the intruder!

Shar shouts to the dock workers.
#554

eglentyne

Nov 03, 2007 2:50:37
Brensas Say Shar, "I can try to find person."

After Brensas hear Shar say to look for invisibile, He pick up things and put in bag then try to stay with her; he say this to her, "I have braclet that let me see invisiblie creatures, it's fun to follow them some times."

If gm look on brensaw sheet he did buy braclet of see invisibility, he like to follow invisibility creatures and invisibile people around to see what they do. It fun for him too do this to him.

Brensas still have ring of inisibility still working, so I think gm's have to say when he can see invisibile with his braclet he wear.

So then I think brensas also change to hybreed form and then he can keep up with Shar, how far ship is I no not. But Brensas go to the the warhorse ship then. how long it take him to get by ship?
#555

redhase

Nov 03, 2007 3:36:24
He would still go to the Halfelf ship and try to get to the back of the ship.
Making his way past those, using his abilites to move away from them.
#556

dragonstrife

Nov 03, 2007 9:41:43
(No offense meant, but Dern just really ticked off Lurania by blasting her ship, she's going to run to Fi'rua's ship with Brensas and Jurkirk.)
She runs back in. "Sorry, I need both of you,"She nods at Juskiirk and Brensas."over at Fi'rua's ship." she turns to Shar."I have no way to tell if your next of Fi'rua's, but I am sure that you can mange with out us." she stands at the door waiting for an answer.
#557

aramar_the_black

Nov 03, 2007 10:20:54
Lady Rolindin, same for you: roll a d20+3, and then a percentile die.
#558

lady_rolindin

Nov 03, 2007 14:29:20
first roll then:
13


1
I take it a 1 out 100 is not good. That would be like a 1 on a d20 a fumble of some kind then.

meanwhile when the crew of the raven's song does hear the explosion, the lt. commander would have the crew ready for what he knows not. But would send one of the sailors to go find Juskirk.

Juskirk after being on Shar's ship would then go with them to find out what is going on now.

Fi' rua most likely would be wakened up by the explosion, get dressed and go to her door. woundering what is going on now?


So about how will it take to find out waht is happenig, and what is the rolls for?
#559

aramar_the_black

Nov 05, 2007 22:21:33
Well, LR, most of the crew members are doing a search of the decks for any hidden/invisible/disguised beings; what does Fr'Rua do after being told of the explosion on the Warhorse?

The checks are awareness checks.
#560

lady_rolindin

Nov 05, 2007 22:32:16
What Fi'rua would do is talk to the lt. commander.
I guess a question is, do I need to make a roll when she opens her door?
She would go talk to the LT. commander if no rolls are needed, and find out what is happening.
If the crew is searching for an invisibile/hidden/ disguised creature she would want to know what is going on so far on the ship and did they find anything at all.
#561

aramar_the_black

Nov 05, 2007 22:42:12
We're about to find out.
There is no roll necassary when she opens the door.
But I do need a spot and listen check from Fi"Rua, and well as another d20+3.
And three percentile dice.
#562

lady_rolindin

Nov 05, 2007 22:59:33
Then the rolls.

spot 16

listen 14


15 roll


d100 #1 88

2nd d100 roll 77

roll d1003rd 64
#563

redhase

Nov 05, 2007 23:31:33
then he'll look like the other memebers and slip away.
then go away to start his life anew, then he is your gm's do have fun with him.
#564

lady_rolindin

Nov 06, 2007 0:31:31
Then lets see what happens, I would like to get this overwith and find out what happens. Then do whatever is nessary to prepare for the jungle.
#565

aramar_the_black

Nov 08, 2007 1:00:24
Despite the best efforts by all the hands on deck, the unseen assailaint remains just that. Shortly after the commanders gather to search and evaluate the problem, and second explosion much like the first rocks the Raven's Song, coming, like the first, from the rear hull.
#566

lady_rolindin

Nov 08, 2007 5:33:15
First Fi'rua would look at the direction of the blast.
second something like this, thinking there might be a fire of sorts.
Have the crew make a bucket line to the area, even have Juskirk go and look to see if he can use his magic to put out the fire if needed faster, might damage the ship worse but would stop the ship from catching fire mostly.

If needed juskirk could use his orb of cold leser and orb of cold , maybe even his ice storm spell if a fire is there.

If these can't help then maybe some of the other characters have ways to deal with a fire, if this is the case.
#567

captainshar

Nov 08, 2007 9:55:24
(OOC: the GMs are now taking control of the changeling cohort.)

After ascertaining that her own ship is safe, Shar visits Lurania and Fi'Rua.

How bad is it?
#568

eglentyne

Nov 08, 2007 14:39:20
This I like to know how bad is damage to ships, is there fire on ships? what is damaged on ships.

Brensas would go see with crew to see what damage is done and is there fire on ship.
(I do thing aramar the Black need to say what ship look like and is there fire and such thing that happen in explosion.)
#569

aramar_the_black

Nov 08, 2007 22:52:51
The result is roughlt the same on either ship: a good portion of the rear hull is badly damaged, but not severly enough to cause immediate danger (30 points of damage to the Warhorse's hull, and 25 to the Raven's Song). Of course, said sections are beginning to catch fire.
Any items or mechanisms in the siad sections, within the radii of the blasts, are most likely damaged to the point where they no longer serve thier original purpose.
#570

captainshar

Nov 08, 2007 23:03:20
Shar orders her crew to help with the bucket chains.
#571

lady_rolindin

Nov 09, 2007 2:49:41
Then when Juskirk gets to the area, he would use his o0rb of cold spell, to put out part of the fire.

A good question is what part of the back of the ship is damaged.

aramar the Black
Any items or mechanisms in the siad sections, within the radii of the blasts, are most likely damaged to the point where they no longer serve thier original purpose.

just how far back is the blast and fire damage? and what mechanisms are you refering too. I think the crew would know what area the fire was in and what is in the area.

The crew will of course use buckets to put out the fire, and form lines to reach the fire.
#572

captainshar

Nov 09, 2007 11:12:38
I can't find anything in Stormwrack about repair costs, so here's my suggestion:

Determine the percent of the damage in relation to the total HP of the ship. Then pay that same percent of gold in relation to the total cost of the ship for repairs. And don't forget the members' discount for being part of the Guild!
#573

lady_rolindin

Nov 09, 2007 14:19:27
Captainshar in the arms and equipment guide it has a repairing and building a vichcle guide on page 47.
now what The crew needs to know is what was destroyed.

the book says this:
if a vehicle with destroyed section can be transported to a dock or other repair facility, determine the extent of the vehicles damage as a value in gold pieces; number of destroyed sections divide by vehicle's total number of secdtions x1/2 vechicles costs. this number represents the cost of raw materials needed to rebuild the destroyed sections and dictates how long the repairs will take.
a repair crew (as defined above)can repair 125 gp worth of damage per day, giving proper tools and raw materials. a typical dock, wheelwrights shop, or other well- equipped facility can generally repair 250 gp worth of damage per day. a dry dock (where a water-borne vehicle is hoisted out of water?) or a particularly large vechile repair facility can repair 500 gp worth of damage per day.
Example:
the hull of a longship (70 feet by 20 feet)has fourteen sections. three of the sections were destroyed in a sea battle
, but the wizard aboard kept the ship afloat with magic untill it could reach port. Since the cost of a long ship is 10,000 gp, the repairs will cost a number of gold pieces equal to 3/14 x5,000 gp, or about 1,070 gp. a repair crew with proper tools and raw materials can fix the destroyed sections in nine days; at a dry dock facility the work could be done in little more than two days.

So if I am thinking that the rudder mechisms were destroyed, that could mean that costs for fi' rua ships is this. Why I think this, the only part of the ship that has mechsims and such in the rear of the ship is the rudder parts.

1 section (the rudder controls making it a destroyed inside section),1 /60 x 30,000= 1,770 gp to remake the mechisms for the rudder and inside wood repair. repair time 1 or more days.
if the guild does get a discount of say 10%, that would be 177gp off making the overall costs 1,593gp.

Witch 1,593gp to fix is a not good for any ship.
#574

captainshar

Nov 09, 2007 15:48:57
That works. I don't have the Arms and Equipment Guide, but you can certainly use that. And the Guild discount is, indeed, 10%.
#575

lady_rolindin

Nov 09, 2007 16:18:41
So the repair guild (normal non artificer) is 500gp per day, it would take 3 days to fix the damage to the Raven's song. If glen does it faster, Not knowing how fast glen can fix the damage, maybe 1 to 2 days then for glen.
#576

eglentyne

Nov 10, 2007 3:57:35
Here what I see it expensive to fix ships:

if dragonstrife ship is a dromond type by the damage cost chart it do this.
1/15x 12,500 is 750gp. -10% take out
damage to Lady rolindin ship is
1,593gp -10% take out
damage to shars ship from before.
1/12x20,000=
1,500gp. -10% take out

we do need better security in ways, damage to all ships is 3,843gp.

so how is guild making security better so this not happen again? Is there somethings we can do to maybe help in ways?
#577

dragonstrife

Nov 10, 2007 15:57:34
Lurania probably will, in this case, not go to Glen because the other ships need more help, and just do the repairs as normal. With the discount :D
so, that's 625gp
Thanks Eglentyne for calculating that out for all of us! And I think not having accessible ships is the best security. :P
#578

lady_rolindin

Nov 11, 2007 3:14:44
What I'm, thinking about the security is this: Maybe contact some wizards or glen and have wards put where one boards the ship.

Kinds of wards to think about, see invisibility, detect evil, may be wards to block certain types of creatures. Like undead for instance or dead.

seeing how my ship will be out for 3 days with out glens help.


Fi'rua says to Shar, " Shar we might need to have the other ship used, or go see if Glen can fix the ships faster. If you still wish to leave this day. Maybe some of the two crews could join your crew and then the rest stay, of course this would be up to Lurania to decide also, if she wishes to send some of her crew with your ship. But If my ship can't make the dead line for the shipping out to the jungle, then you can use 2/3 of my crew (witch would be 54, with juskirk). The rest will have to stay and help do what they can." and if shar don't have ballists and trebuchets on board then shar could borrow some from the raven's song, with the ammunition.
#579

eglentyne

Nov 11, 2007 5:42:32
Then there must be way to make guild better, more security forces, maybe have ship peopleat walk on part at all time when in dock. so to know who goes on ship.

Shar ship damage before this I can look to see how many days go by since crazy attack.
#580

dragonstrife

Nov 11, 2007 8:42:49
Lurania comes on board looking surprisingly happy given someone tried to damage her ship. "I will most likely have my ship ready first. She took the least amount of damage and I have a crew working on her right now. Like Capitan Fi'rua, I can have 2/3(30 crew, mixed species) of my crew come as well. However, my first mate Cilean stays behind encase something happens to me." she grabs any empty chair and sits down
(I have no idea how long the repairs will take, except for that they will most likely take less time then any of the other ships.)
#581

captainshar

Nov 11, 2007 13:25:17
Shar ushers them into the partly-finished Guild Hall.

Yes, yes. Strong as the threat from the jungle might be, three attacks in two days is much too much. I vote we use our guild's resources to purchase some powerful wards for the docks and the ships, and wait a few days for our ships to be repaired, before we sail out again.

Now, we don't want anything that would discourage trade, but I'm thinking we might invest in some kind of scrying device which identifies the weapons of anyone passing over it, some kind of water creature which can quickly swim to a fire and put it out, and perhaps a few Captain's Lanterns to give to those vessels which want to rent one.


Shar also pays out 1,350 gp to start repairs on her ship.
#582

lady_rolindin

Nov 11, 2007 15:42:37
Reparing the ships would take by the book 250 per day for a well equiped ship yard, a dry dock crew can fix 500gp per day.
since there is a dry dock here, most likely 500gp per day, but one ship at a time unless there is room for more than one ship.
say two to three ships.

By the book it would take a day and a half for Dragonstrif ship.
For my ship 2 and 1/2 days, the same for shars ship. But shar's ship can still be used if needed the other two are not able to be used right now, if the mechisms for the rudders are damaged or destroyed.


Glen constructs could fix the ships faster and save 25% of the costs.

Fi'rua says to them, "Yes the threat from the jungle is strong, I,m starting to think that others don't want us to make it to the jungle if full force. Who they are I don't know maybe friends of this Saragtans in some way. Maybe not, I do know that if we left now there would be only one ship that could go to the jungle, maybe the other ship that is here also. Then waiting to go in full force would be best for everyone. more ships and people.

Shar if the docks of the jungle have more of those dragons, maybe the guild could use some dargon bane spheres. I allready have a few on the Raven's song, My crew was prepared to use them on that dragon of saragtans when they were last here. I do think the undead dragon would have been suprised.

Some kind of water creature is a good ideal Shar, incase this happens agian.

Wards would help too in many ways."
#583

eglentyne

Nov 11, 2007 16:22:06
Brensas follow them there, he hear talk they make with each other.

Brensas say this to them, " It no good to have people do these things here, maybe one of temple of damed friends. This I not know, maybe is though friends of temple of damed..'

He say this to Shar, "you take these and give me something in trade when you think something I like then. I like you Shar this why I do this, you nice to me. You have ring like mine, but still can trade latter for ring then if you still want. it is fun to follow invisible things around. Jamie can use book and ring I think, I not wizard, but writting is good to look at."

He then take out a large book and ring and give to Shar.


7. ring of free movement, that wizard had, by guild of evil.
8. wizard book,8: 0 level spells, 8: 1st level spells, 6: 2nd level spells. 5: 3rd levels spells, 4: 4th level spells, 3 5th level spells, 3. 6th levels spells, 2: 7 levels spells. He like to look at writing, it

Yes orcy brensas did see davar, he use the braclet he have all the time. You not let me say that he was using braclet or ask me how he can see Davar.
He did see Davar orcy.
So to Orcy, captainShar, aramar the black, yes brensas do use braclet at sea guild to see invisible creatures, he use sometimes when he look around at guild to help try and make safe.
Some times he go to city and use braclet and see who is invisible and will follow them to see where they go.
That is fun to brensas.
#584

dragonstrife

Nov 11, 2007 16:41:25
Lurania looks over Shar's shoulder at the book and sucks in her breath and turns to Brensas. "Those are some fairly valuable things. I am glad that you have such a kind heart to give them to Captain Shar." She goes back to musing about the secretary issue. "Well, if we found some way to make an alliance or a deal a group of Tritons. we probably wouldn't have to worry too much about threats from the sea. The only problem is finding a colony that is willing to make a deal with us."
#585

eglentyne

Nov 12, 2007 3:08:09
Brensas look at lurania and say this, "Shar friend and I like her (means her trust her and respects shar for a kender that is), Shar trade something back to me I like. Why can wizard or other who know magic find Tritons and then go talk to them? can it be that hard to do. It like when Kender hear guild of evil want to make trade with kender, we talk to other kender who know where guild of evil is and go there. Is that simple, find one who know where Tritons are and go talk to them. Have you think about sea elfs maybe they help if asked."


Dragonstrif kender are wierd and child like in many ways, if they have items (even magical) they find or borrow they trade them away. if they find things they want to keep like the wizard book and wizard ring (that brensas likes the book for the dragconic writing, he like to look at it. The ring means not that much too him, it's a wizard ring. Ring good for trade only to him.), if he thinks someone is a friend he would trade with them items he would not trade to others; but keep. Such as Shar, he would trust her and respect her in ways. But only with ones he likes and then will he trade personal items he likes. i'm not saying that he don't trust luraina, or respect her, brensas thinks shar as a frirend the way kender way of thinking. since kender don't have that many others who really trust them or respect them for being themselves.

I do think Shar will trade something he will like to have and he will keep the item or items and not trade them. they would be personal to him, their from a friend he likes.
#586

captainshar

Nov 12, 2007 10:40:44
Thank you, Brensas. I need most of the things I have, and I don't really want to give you fire, but if you'd like this box of magical dust I'll trade that to you. I found it on a changeling who was trying to look like me; this will make it impossible to track you.

And if you're coming along and we find anything interesting in the Temple, feel free to speak up about it.

But now I say we visit our favorite merchant and see if we can get some protection for our guild while the ships are being repaired. And Brensas, if you know any kender who know any aquatic tribes, let us know.


Shar heads up to the merchant's guild.
#587

eglentyne

Nov 13, 2007 3:08:07
Brensas then take the box and out in his bag, he think for moment, "Yes lets go see merchants, On way back I can go see other kender. Maybe one of them speak to seaelfs and know whre they are, or maybe the tritons. We go talk then to merchants."
#588

lady_rolindin

Nov 13, 2007 22:06:33
Fi' rua after Shar leaves goes back to her ship to check on what is going on. She goes and finds Juskirk first and listens to what he says. She then goes to her room, for a minute.
#589

aramar_the_black

Nov 16, 2007 8:38:45
As Fi'Rua comes close to her room, something explodes right in front of her.

LR, have Fi'rua make a reflex save.
#590

dragonstrife

Nov 16, 2007 15:02:18
Seeing that the repairs on her ship have been started and her crew are all all right, Lurania heads after Shar. Leaving Cilean in charge.
#591

lady_rolindin

Nov 16, 2007 15:35:24
Then a reflex save.
22

So what does she have to do and what is blowing up now?
#592

captainshar

Nov 17, 2007 11:03:07
All right, Shiny, here they are!

Shar notices the new burned spot on Fi'Rua's cabin.

Not again! Fi'Rua? Fi'Rua are you all right?
#593

aramar_the_black

Nov 17, 2007 20:04:21
While the walls of the cabin are blackened, no fire has started. However, the door of the cabin was blown in pretty roughly, possibly damaging or disturbing anything set in the center of the cabin. Fi'rua herself reacted quickly enough to avoid the brunt of the blast, but she is not completely unscathed.

(Firua takes 10 fire damage. The wall section takes 19.)
#594

captainshar

Nov 17, 2007 21:15:35
Shar, riding her magic carpet, glides over to the porthole of the cabin's captain and peers in.

What's going on?


(I think this is the last of the damage from the changeling.)
#595

lady_rolindin

Nov 18, 2007 3:05:49
Fi'Rua looks out the port hole seeing it's Shar, "it seems that I have an enemy or this is part some more attacks on the guild. The docks and other ships might need to be checked for explosive devices."

she goes to the missing door hole knowing that others of her crew would be there by now, She tells the first member of her crew she ses, "Get some others and start a a bucket line to stop any fire that may start. Have Juskirk check double the search on the ship and look for any explosive device. "

She would be patting out the fire that is on her.
after she has what fire is on her put out, she looks her self over.

"Something needs to be done about this Shar, we can't have this kind of things happing."
#596

captainshar

Nov 18, 2007 11:52:23
I'm inviting Glenn to the new inn at our Guild House tonight to discuss the best protections for our guild.

Shar sighs and orders another combing-over of the docks and ships.

You should lock down your ship for a few minutes and do a thorough search in case the perpetrator is still aboard.
#597

lady_rolindin

Nov 18, 2007 15:40:35
A few of the crew would be there by now Fif'rua tells them this, "Close the ship, post guards by the entrance plank. "
She then says this to Shar, "Then I will be there at the new Inn, You will have to excuse me for now.'


She leaves and goes and finds juskirk, after talking to Juskirk, the crew has their weapons drowen and looking around the ship. Then having the crew check all spaces with thier swords, poking all spaces for invisibile creatures.
#598

captainshar

Nov 19, 2007 22:16:20
The crew discovers that it was a planted proximity bomb and the coast is clear.

(Yeah, the last of that changeling.)

Shar, still quite on edge, goes back to the new Inn at the Seafarers Guild House.
#599

lady_rolindin

Nov 19, 2007 23:12:41
If the changeling is found then he or she should be placed on the entrance of the guild as a warning to others.

Fi'rua will look at the damage to the ship, then look at the ones reparing the ship, having the crew watch them so that they are not more changelings trying to do more damage.

I would think that most of the seafearers guild would be on edge still, looking for the next attack that might come.

I do hope the city have noticed and have more patrols in the guild area just to be safe.
#600

demonfey02

Nov 21, 2007 2:46:31
BAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNNNNNZZZZZZZZAAAAAAAIII!
Shiny drops from beneath the carpet onto the ship, rolling at the landing before springing up and heading into the ship. He begins running around, causing parts of it to begin getting repaired at what looks like at random.
#601

gulien

Nov 21, 2007 21:46:06
Daken glides down from Glenndria to the guild of seafarers. Fel jumps from his back to the ground and approaches the Guildhall. Looking to a guard he asks a question.

"You there, directions to your inn. Quickly.""
#602

captainshar

Nov 21, 2007 22:06:24
"The big, cheerful-looking bit of the building with a mug and swordfish painted o'er it, sir?"

The guard, slightly amused, waves him in the direction of the newly-finished inn.
#603

gulien

Nov 22, 2007 0:23:44
Walking away from the guard Fel walks to the Inn un-strapping his helmet and placing it at his belt. He looks over his shoulder and gives Daken a nod then enters. Daken slowly meanders a few feet and lays in the middle of the road. Entering the Inn Fel looks around for Shar.
#604

captainshar

Nov 22, 2007 8:27:42
Shar looks up.

Excellent! The first guest. What would you like to eat? At the moment our menu is limited to seafood and a large shipment of caribou which just came in, but we've got a nice variety of beers.

Shar glances outside for a moment.

Perhaps Daken could move to somewhere with a little less traffic? The construction workers and dockhands have enough trouble fighting for space as it is.
#605

gulien

Nov 22, 2007 10:03:28
Fel thinks for a second and outside Daken takes flight.

"Well met Captain. I shall have the caribou i think. As for a beverage I think i shall stick with water the effects of alcohol are lost on me. Also if there is time before Glenn arrives i would like to hear the story of the attacks you have found yourself the victim of?

Fel moves to her table and sits.
#606

lady_rolindin

Nov 22, 2007 20:16:37
Fi' rua comes into the inn with one of her warforged saliors.

Having changed her burned cloths, but still having some burned markes in her hair.

aug rolls
cargo ship recovery attempts.
2

business rolls
32
cargo recovery 1/10 cargo vaule, small 15,000 1,500gp

24





business for september rolls,
34
4x50 =200gp cargo hauling

29
attempt at ship cargo recovery
ship cargo recovery attempts
1

oct rolls
21
atempt at ship cargo recover

28
cargo hauling
30
ships cargo recovery 5x50 250gp + 1/10 cargo value. cargo low end recovery 15,000gp.
1500gp +250 =1,750gp.
cargo recovery attmepts
1


1,500go
200gp
1,750gp

3,450gp
#607

captainshar

Nov 22, 2007 21:08:21
Shar motions Fi'Rua to join them as well.

Well, the first you already heard about; it was just before I met you. So the shadow fellow in the shop this morning followed me and the kender down to the docks. Materialized a good distance away and let off a shot, vanishing again before we could do anything. That hurt quite a bit. Then, me and other captains are talking about our plans for going back to the jungle, and an explosion sounds from the Warhorse. We all rush to our ships to make sure they're secure, and a few seconds later the tiller of the Raven's Song blows as well. We've swept the area several times but the fellow must have been invisible and slipped off. Needless to say, we're planning some much tighter security. I hate bothering with all these measures...but, when folks are deranged enough to mount attacks on a neutral guild and the hub of their own city's commerce, what can one do?

Shar shrugs and glances around the inn. The innkeeper arrives with Fel's meat and glass of water. Shar's smiles just a bit at the cheerful atmosphere; a few other sailors have started to drift in to the new establishment.

The inn serves as one side of a quadrangle; two sides have been built so far and construction proceeds apace.
#608

lady_rolindin

Nov 22, 2007 21:53:35
Fi'rua comes over to the table with the warforged following hert. She has the warforged stand by her.

having heard some of the tihnigs shar said, She says this, "it seems that all the guild has an enemy Shar, That death disk that was placed by my door on was on perpose. I know not why, if I was slower then I would be hurt worse. I'm not happy about the one who destroyed my ships tiller, as I imagion you and the kender are not pleased with being attacked by what ever attacked both of you".
We should be more carfuly untill we can find out what is going on. "


Fi' rua looks at Fel, " I have seen you around sir, but haven'y meet you before. I am Captain Fi'rua of the Raven's Song."
#609

von_crown

Nov 25, 2007 6:31:30
A fairly inconspicuous note, addressed to Shar, sits on the bar,with no apparent means of arrival. It's sealed in an envelope of light blue vellum, and sealed with an emblem resembling a skeletal shark
#610

captainshar

Nov 25, 2007 18:43:32
The innkeeper brings it over to her.

Not again...I think I'll wait till Glenn gets here to open this so he can tell me whether it's going to be explosive.

Shar carefully picks it up with her napkin and sets it on the next table over.
#611

lady_rolindin

Nov 26, 2007 3:36:31
"Always a wise choise if your unsure Shar, so what is one courses are served here. Does the Inn have frost wine." Firua says.
#612

captainshar

Nov 26, 2007 13:01:12
It might not be called that, but take a look at the board and order a sample if you're not sure what something is.

The wall behind the bar is painted with numerous names of beverages in numerous languages, some of them quite exotic.
#613

orcy_the_green_wonder

Nov 28, 2007 23:38:56
A faint shimmering in the air grows to an elaborate display of swirling colors and sparkling lights. Spinning round and round they finally fade out and Glenn appears standing where they had just been leaning on a staff. He yawns and looks around the room, cocking his head and waving his hand in a short greeting.
"Hullo folks."
#614

lady_rolindin

Nov 29, 2007 2:51:15
Fi'ura says , "Then I would like to have some elven frost wine then, what does the Inn have on the menu Shar. "
She sees Glens and gives him a nod.
#615

captainshar

Nov 29, 2007 9:59:42
Glad you could make it, Glenn. Care for anything to eat?

The innkeeper brings Fi'Rua a glass of frost wine.

Shar orders some food for herself as well.

Everyone make yourselves comfortable, then we'll get to business. Maybe some of the others will join us as well.


(I'm gonna start the meeting tomorrow. So hurry up if you want to participate!)
#616

eglentyne

Nov 29, 2007 19:11:59
Brensas is in the city talking to kender, when he find other kender that know about sea elfs or other sea race he come back with them. So other krnder can talk to shar.
The gm's need to roll play this so brensas can find them.
#617

captainshar

Dec 01, 2007 15:29:32
Friends, thank you for coming. As you know, this guild has been attacked three times in the past two days and threatened before that. We would now like to make it more secure. Now, identifying magic items on folks is not too tricky or expensive, I would think, but perhaps it's harder to make it permanent over a large area?

Oh yes, and I got this anonymous letter - if it's not too much trouble, Glenn, can you make sure it won't explode when I open it?


(Level 1 spell plus 100gp pearl as material component.)

***

Also, it's the end of the month. Time to pay dock fees and calculate profits and everything. I'll get around to it all when I have a little more mental energy.
#618

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 01, 2007 23:09:09
Glenn takes the letter and looks it over, adjusting a monacle over his eye he examines it without the use of any spellcrafting. He hums to himself looking through the monacle at the object and nods once he's done.

((Anything on it? Glenn can identify it without much of a problem.))
#619

captainshar

Dec 01, 2007 23:28:36
(Depends on Von Crown. But I'm gonna say no, since his character isn't posted.)

Shar takes the letter and opens it.

You may continue as I'm reading this. I'd like to set out for the jungle again, but we need to figure this out first.
#620

lady_rolindin

Dec 02, 2007 3:14:04
When Fi' Rua gets back she will have Juskirk pay the dock fees.
The rolls for the month then:

26

Monthly recovery
1
25

bad month I guess.
#621

redhase

Dec 04, 2007 5:53:26
"Shar I would speak with you, Just you alone. If you don't mind sparing a moment. I,ve come speak on a common proublem to all. There will be no attacks from me, since I have only seen you around.," A voice comes from the shadows
#622

captainshar

Dec 04, 2007 10:04:41
Shar raises an eyebrow.

Oh? You know something of these attacks, do you? And yet you want me to follow you alone? I don't think so. If you have something to say, step into the light and say it. If your information is useful you'll be rewarded.
#623

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 04, 2007 11:54:37
Glenn clears his throat and raises the staff that he appeard holding. Leveling it toward the shadows and taking an overly dramatic stance he makes a beckoning motion with his other hand.
"Excuse me sir and/or madame, I'd ask that you remove yourself from the shadows and speak to us with some form of dignity. Otherwise I may have to remove you from them and I don't think that would be enjoyable. At least, not for you, but possibly not for me, I don't like hurting people you see. It just doesn't do well for business. But, nobody is going to hurt you... if you'll show yourself. Otherwise I can promise nothing. Or... rather, I can promise all sorts of things but wether or not they're actually going to be kept or held up by others and whatnot is a completely different thing."
#624

lady_rolindin

Dec 04, 2007 14:44:51
Fi' rua looks a t her wasrforged, he gets ready to ushaeth his sword if needed. She stands up while looking for the voice in the darkness.
#625

redhase

Dec 04, 2007 15:08:37
Zern will lower the shadow around him just so they could see his greyish dark skin, "I am Zern, the guild right now don't really matter. Shar I know nothing of these attacks, But you are the only one I will speak too for now. But do know this The one who goes to reclaim his thrown in the temple of the damed, will not recive our support. I have done this is good jester Shar if you wish to speak with me alone or not then say so. Or I wll leave. Yes I have heard there is another shadow kind around somewhere, I am not the one who attacked you or the kender. Nor do I know anything about these attacks."

Zern will adjust his shadow cloak.

"I will add this though, you will only find out what I have to say if you speak with me Shar, only you."
#626

captainshar

Dec 04, 2007 15:16:33
Why don't you sit down and have a drink, Zern? If you aren't our enemy then we're you're friends. We stay on friendly terms with as many people as possible - better for trade.

Shar asks the bartender to come over.

Here, what would you like to drink?
#627

redhase

Dec 04, 2007 15:51:18
Zern goes and sit down, "I can say that we agree on one issue, this leader owho wishes to gain back his thrown. From what I have seen from the shadows you're the leader. What I have to say is for you only, not the others."
"Then a ale would be fine." He says.
#628

captainshar

Dec 04, 2007 16:02:44
The bartender brings a mug of ale.

All right, Zern. If you're so concerned that only I hear it, why don't you write it on a piece of paper for me?


(PM it to me if you want.)
#629

redhase

Dec 04, 2007 16:46:19
Zern will then pull out a piece of paper and some kind of kink, he write some things down.

After he's finished he'l give it to Shar.
#630

gulien

Dec 04, 2007 17:27:38
Fel watches the display and continues eating his food.

"This caribou is FANTASTIC."
#631

captainshar

Dec 04, 2007 22:11:41
I'm glad you think so, Fel. Did you find all the locations you needed? And what might you have to offer in this meeting? Do you think you could come with us now?

Shar reads the note.

Thanks, Zern, now if you don't mind finishing your drink at another table, we've got some business to discuss here concerning our Guild. Unless, of course, you'd like to join the Guild and sit in on the proceedings.
#632

redhase

Dec 05, 2007 3:34:49
Zern goes over to a table where it is darker, then orders some of the caribou. As he's going over to the other table he syas to Shar, "We should talk in private Shar, it is for only you to hear."
#633

captainshar

Dec 05, 2007 10:27:11
Shar scribbles on the back of the note and returns it to Zern.

Thanks, Zern, but I'm good for now.

Shar turns back to the meeting which was previously in progress.


(Orcy - I tried to provide the cost info. for making some areas of "identify magic" around the docks. Would that work?)
#634

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 05, 2007 17:55:08
Glenn raises a finger and orders a dring in a heavy metal cup preferably. Not wanting to crack anything with his thick metal arms, terrible manners that. Resting his elbows on the table he folds his fingers together, listening and watching.
"You know, its always the evil angry creepy looking folks that want to do everything in private. Why, I once knew a big shadowy chap who loved to talk in private. Big thingy, ugly too. Rather pushy and obnoxious, he seemed to think my name was Graaak, though where he got that idea I'll never know. But anyway, as I was saying, trying to pull someone away from a group of people they're hosting is never polite. Even less so when you've tried to hurt them, blow them up, or blast them with magical magic things..."
#635

gulien

Dec 05, 2007 20:17:34
"The jungle, perhaps in time, but right now what i offer you is a end to your current problems. You have been extremely helpful as of lately to my cause. I am here to offer my assistance in neutralizing the threat against you. Best way to get rid of bee's, destroy the hive."
#636

captainshar

Dec 05, 2007 20:17:47
Now Glenn. By rights I should be angry with you more than this fellow - you made the wand that almost killed me, and this man simply shares his race.

Shar glances over her group.

Talkative, aren't we? If no one has any ideas, I suppose we'll just go with Glenn's earlier suggestions and then get on with the plans for our expedition.

Why thank you, Fel. We still have the charred corpse of that changeling I caught, and we know the second attacker was a shadow caster. If that helps you find them, I'd be grateful. I can let you examine the body if you wish.
#637

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 05, 2007 20:57:13
"Thats like saying you'd be mad at the baker because someone threw his pie in your face. I make objects, I craft things. I control what is done with them no more than the baker his pie. I suppose I should appoligize to the undead your sword killed as well perhaps? No no my dear Captain, I create tools. HOW they are used is up to the buyer."
#638

captainshar

Dec 05, 2007 21:07:26
See, the thing is that I'm not blaming you, Glenn. And I have even less cause to blame Zern over there.
#639

lady_rolindin

Dec 06, 2007 3:37:52
Fi' Rua still standin up looking ever so often in the shaodws direction sits down. "OK allright Fel is right, but to get to the hives we might need to destroy the bugs first that attack us to get to the hive or hives. So I care not Glenn or Shar about who used what or who makes them. What might need to be done is to use what items we have. Just as the items bought by those who we will fight will use glenn's items or other makers on us. We just have to be better at using or items than them.

So what we might need is some kind of fireball wands to deal with the bugs first, I don't think that the bugs in the hives will just lets us walk up to them and destroy them.

We might need other items such as my crew has also, things like alchemist sphere's of different kinds. I know you said before Glenn you can't make them or might not know how to make them. But alchemist spheres could help us, along with gravebane, sparkstones and afew other items I can think of things like priests bullits, but make some glass spheres too that you can hold in your hand. Maybe some hand held fire bomb spheres, hand held snowball swarms spheres.

I can use the larger ones if needed: but there for my trebuchets, as is my dragon blight spheres are for that undead dragon of Sargatanas.

Can you make hand held snowball swarm sphere's, firebomb spheres, maybe even some hand held dragon blight spheres Glenn?
I do know that we might have to pay you latter when the gold comes in, but if you could maybe give some credit till we can pay you for the items maybe.
I can pay you some gold, depending on the total costs for my ships repairs Glenn.

Can you make ghost blight or undead blight glen so our weapons can hurt the undead.

What I am saying is we are not prepared in some ways and we need weapons to hurt the dead and undead. We might not have the all the gold right now Glenn but we will with more shipping routes we do.

This is all up to you Glenn if you what to do this or not.

Lets me just add this to the talk about Zern, From my experance Shar; Zern would not attack you. I believe him when he says he didn't attack you, why.

I will say that his race will send shadow assassin's not a shadow wizard to kill some one. The shadow wizards are to battle wizards, there not assassions. They might attack a wizard in their residance though. The shadow assassions strike you from the shadows, they would not send a shadow wizard. There might be a priest or priestess of Shar their too with the assassion, Shar the Shar I talk about is a dark god who is very evil. If you want to know what race Zern is he is a Shadovar, party shadow and human.

I'm not trying to defend Zern or his race, I just know about the race. It's not there style is all I'm saying. If it was the Shadovar, you would be attacked by shadow assassions first. The attacker may not even be of Zern race, it don't sound like an Shadovar attack Shar: unless the Shadovar have change. If you don't mind me saying.

If you don't mind Shar, there seems to be others who should be here with us. Maybe we could still talk about the things brought up allready. When the others show up then they could be filled in.

"
#640

redhase

Dec 07, 2007 3:18:44
Zern gets another piece of paper and then writes on it, he then asks on of the inns help to take it over to Shar. He'll just be there eating the caribu then.
#641

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 07, 2007 11:02:06
Glenn stares blankly at Fi'Rua throughout her speech, tilting his head to the side he seems to consider her words. After a long moment's pause he clears his throat and speaks up.
"I have absolutely no idea what you are talking about. We're talking about a jungle full of undead not some hive of insects. I am completely confused now... I have... no idea whats going on. Are we talking about these undead or have I been recruited into a new exterminater's guild? I... whats going on here?"
#642

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 12:39:41
"what we are talking about Glenn is the insects in this jungle, Fel makes a good point. The only proublem is the bugs are not going to let us walk up to any hives that fel mention and destroy them. We would need items to kill the bugs as we go to the hives. Glenn I did ask you if you knew how to make aclhemist sphere in my first visite to your shop, you said you did not know how to make them. have you come across so new knowledge that you now know, such as how to make alchemist spheres. If so alchemist spheres can help in many ways. To destroy the insects fireball wands would help.

And Our new friend over there is a shadovar, I have seen the race before"
Fi' rua say to Glenn.

You do have to remember that Fi'rua is from the spell jammer world and knows alot about different races and the worlds their from, realms space, grey space, ebbron space, dragon space (dragon lance), would you like a list of all the worlds, moons and other kinds of places she's been too. i di give her ranks in knowledge of spelljammer too.
#643

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 07, 2007 13:05:04
Glenn stares blankly at Fi'Rua again.
"He was speaking figuratively. He is saying that if he destroys those responsible for the attacks against Captain Shar then the attacks will stop. I've never heard anything about any insects in the jungle. So where you get the idea that there are hives of them... I can't seem to figure out."
#644

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 13:16:30
"I only responded what fel said, if there are insects hives in this jungle then fel knows something. If there are insects and hives the insects will not let us walk to thier hives and destroy them. Such as bees will not let you just walk up and steal their honey from them. You have to use smoke to distract the bees while you take the honey.
Fel have you seen such hives in your flights on your dragon.

Yes I agree Glenn find the ones who attacked Shar and destroy them, before they desdtory you. The question is then who is doing the attacks and why?

?"
Firua says.
#645

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 13:59:07
Shar laughs.

Had a little too much wine, Fi'Rua? I can't think of what you mean either. Why don't we just order some wards from Glenn for the docks and be done with it? If you need things to fight the undead, go ahead and get that stuff too. But I'm set.

She pats her light mace.
#646

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 14:21:55
"No shar iI haven't had too much wine, The question is to Glenn then can you make alchemists spheres now, I did ask before and was told you could not. They would help to fight the dead. Even the dead blight for or weapons, can you make dead blight Glenn?"
Firua say to them.
#647

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 07, 2007 18:02:52
"There are... no insects. No hives in the jungle unless things have changed horrible since I was last there and I doubt that. Not a whole lot can live in that jungle and actually stay alive with that plague so logic would suggest that there could be no insects and whatnot. The man was not speaking literally, it was figurative and a comment completely unrelated to the jungle. As for spheres I can make anything, I would have never said I couldn't. Unless it was a rod... rods are the bane of my existance... they mock me. You'd think they'd be the same as wands, or as staves, but no, they have to be something completely different! Curse you rods!"
#648

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 18:49:00
"Fel is the one who brought up these bees and the hives Glenn.

I just know that from my experance you can not walk up even on a bee hive. I have seen trademens use smoke to drive the bees away and then take the honey from the hive.
Even druids who could use their powers to have bees willingly give up their honey.

Now about the shphere's Glenn I did ask Swift forged and he said that they did not know how to make the sphere's I ask for.

Now if you must know Glenn, Shar when the last time we were talking the talk was to use some of the crews for support.

I do have some of my crew trained as marines, as is the custom of my people for the ships.
The thing I will not do is to lead them to thier deaths knowing that they don't have the proper items needed.
Such as the different kinds of spheres, the dead bane for their blades, healing tiles and such.

If I have too I would go into some kind of debt with you Glenn so my crew can surive.

Now the question is again Glenn will you let me go into some debt till I can get the gold from trade routes and recovery sails.

I can pay you some gold, but proubaly not all the gold needed.

Did you want to see the fireball bomb sphere, Dragon blight sphere, Snowball swarm sphere Glenn, to know what they look like?

And I would like alchemist sphere's hand held, Acidic fire sphere's, alchemist's frost sphere's, alchemist's spark sphere's all ahnd held.

Shar if you know what alchemist fire is and they come in bags of different sizes. The differance between a alchemist fire bag and sphere is that if a blade hits the bag you can loose the alchemist powders or they mix and explode.
An Alchemist fire sphere deflects the blade and has less chance of excploding.

Where I come from even cargo ships crews are giveng alchemist fire sphere's or other kinds or alchemist spheres as part of their issued equipment. Priest and wizards are given differtent kinds of spheres to fight undead and dead as part of their standary equipment. Why the ships carry a barrel of dead bane to fight the dead used by our emenies. So the sailers and marines can battle them, if our ship is attacked.

I guess you could say that even cargo ships are well armed, but we usally have Elven Man-O-wars with us at all times.

My crew is very important to me and I would rather go into debt for this battle then send them to their deaths.
I am not to proud Glenn to ask you for a debt to save my crew, they are worth it.

Gelnn I f you want to see the shphere's I have I can have one of each brough here."

Fi' Rua says
#649

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 18:55:15
Fi'Rua, no one is doubting your loyalty to your crew. But we invited Glenn down here to settle the wards for the Guild and Docks here, not to pester him with the same talk he gets in his shop all day long. Perhaps you two could settle this afterwards - perhaps tomorrow?

Shar shakes her head and orders herself another ale.
#650

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 19:07:00
"Then wards should be so that if someone is invisible, they get shown, maybe other kinds of wards that will help.
Since we have this changeling proublem, maybe some kind of wards here and there to show changelings for what they are.
The proublem is that we are open, it's not like we can make some kind of walk way for all who enter the guild area. Then pass by the wards of different kinds.
This could be done, but some may not like having to pass through some kind of warded hall way.

Unless you give the guards some kinds of wands that can show different kinds of effects. Such as a wand of changeling detection, or other kind of item.

I'm just trying to help Shar, we do need to prepare for this upcomming battle in the jungle. And at the same time decide on some kind of wards or magic devices to help make the guild secure.

So if the wards are on the top of the list then what other ideals does the rest of you have?"

Fi' rua says.
#651

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 19:16:11
My idea, if the magical identification isn't practical, is just to set ordinary alarms at each individual dock. We can change the passwords fairly often, and then if anyone boards a ship who's not supposed to be there, we'll know.
#652

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 07, 2007 19:17:32
Glenn starts to stutter and blink, he rubs his head and looks around the room completely and utterly amazed.
"How.... stup... gah... head... she.... what... I... idi.... ah... what..."
Glenn mutters to himself shaking his head and leans back in his chair staring off into space.
#653

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 19:24:10
"Glen it will be allright, just relax for a moment.

SHar my crew uses pass words and they are changed by the elven book of codes. But having invisible things come aboard nullifes any pass word. Maybe a ward to show invisiblity before you enter each ship, down by the gang plank on one of the posts. That could help to stop such attacks from happing again."

Fi ' rua says looking at Glenn again, woundering if this is not too much for him.
#654

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 19:26:45
You know what, I think we've all had a really long day. Let's go our separate ways for the night. It's been a great first day at the inn here, but we should let them close early to finish construction.

On the way out, Shar calls Glenn and Zern aside.

Can you frisk this gentleman for me? Spells too? I've agreed to a little tete-a-tete, and I don't want to regret it.
#655

redhase

Dec 07, 2007 19:46:18
Zern looks at Shar, "So your ready then, I'll just have to come back and finish then."

Zern will put his items on the table then by the plate of caribu and ale.

"Oh by the way Shar, My people would not send a shadow caster to kill you. They would send a assassion to kill you. They would consider it a waste of my time."

Zern items he places on the table are a collar, rings, rod, wands and other thing but no spell book, no scrolls.
#656

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 19:57:58
Shar hands her rapier, mace, dagger, bow, and scimitar to the innkeeper. She whistles and her carpet unrolls itself from the hatstand.

Is he clean, Glenn?
#657

orcy_the_green_wonder

Dec 07, 2007 20:34:56
Glenn casts a few detection spells from his staff on Zern and looks him over for any signs of magic. He nods to Shar and informs her of anything he finds.
#658

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 20:50:47
(Assuming there's nothing left...)

Shar motions Zern onto the carpet and they gently rise above the docks.

Thanks for going through that formality, Zern. Now, what have you got to say?


(You can PM me if you want.)
#659

redhase

Dec 07, 2007 20:57:17
Zern does place all the items he has, but remember he has supernatural fundamentals abilites.
some things I had to look up on my sheet, many fanged dagger, shroud of night, gems of the night, and the bag with blast disks.
He will go hand the items to the bar tender and wait on Shar. having seeing Shar is ready he will leave with her.
#660

captainshar

Dec 07, 2007 22:10:02
Shar and Zern float down again.

Farewell, Zern. Perhaps we will collaborate again shortly.

Shar collects her weapons and turns to Fel and Glenn.

Do you guys need to get going or you want to hang around for a bit?
#661

redhase

Dec 07, 2007 23:05:33
Zern when he comes in will turn visible again, then collect his items. He goes over and finishes his meal. after he's done he will leave by the shadows, leaveing some coinage on the table.
#662

lady_rolindin

Dec 07, 2007 23:17:05
Fi'rua leaves looking at the others there, wondering what the shadovar could have possible said.

She'll just go to her ship and talk with juskirk about what happened.
#663

gulien

Dec 08, 2007 11:59:31
Fel comes back from the coma that was forced onto him by listening to fi'rua speak. Shaking his head he stands and takes the rest of his glass of water and splashes it onto his own face.

""WHOA! What in the name of the all-mother... Ugh, yes. Shar, i would like to see the body of your assailant, from there Daken and I may be able to ascertain the whereabouts of the rest of the Hi... "group of people" who would see to do you harm. "
#664

captainshar

Dec 08, 2007 17:30:13
All right. Why don't you come, too, Glenn, and you can take some of those items I promised you. Maybe the fireballs? Not sure I want those lying around with Brensas and Shiny coming along.

Shar leads them aboard the Noumenal Blade and gets the remains for Fel, and a wand of fireballs for Glenn.
#665

demonfey02

Dec 10, 2007 0:16:08
On the boat, Shiny seems to be staring at the red dragon. Weird memories are coming to surface, and he says, almost to himself
Please, mister dragon, not the hoard again...
#666

captainshar

Dec 10, 2007 0:23:02
Shiny! Have you stuck your nose into everything here, or do you still have places to visit tonight? And have you met Brensas...I wonder where he got off to.
#667

demonfey02

Dec 10, 2007 0:42:14
Dragon...
Snap out of it already, you're getting on my nerves.
A quick holying of a morningstar later, and he's back to normal.
Hi, Shar! I was looking around the ship to see how bad the damage was, an' I was gonna begin repairing stuff, but then, strange d-d-d-dragon...
This may be the first time he's ever shown fear of something.
Please don't let him bury me in the hoard...
#668

captainshar

Dec 10, 2007 0:52:06
Oh, I'm sure Dakken wouldn't do that. Dakken's my friend and I'm your friend.

Shar smiles reassuringly.
#669

demonfey02

Dec 10, 2007 0:58:09
If you say so. I'm gonna go deal with repairs.
He quickly scurries inside.

OOC: To explain, in the campaign that created Shiny, he was once hit with a fly spell, given a leash, and used as a kite to try and see more of a plane, and very nearly avoided being spotted and probably subsequently hoarded by a rather large black dragon, and another dragon's going to be around the group. So I thought a small fear of being put in dragon hoards might be in order.
#670

gulien

Dec 10, 2007 23:26:58
Fel eyes the odd creature and walks to Daken. Daken, whose interest in the comical little sparkly thing is intense, grins a bit at the approach. Chuckling a bit Fel turns to speak to Shar and Shiney.

"I wouldnt be so quick to say that, my friend here is admiring your fine workmanship. Surely a being as well crafted as yourself must be.... "rare." Daken is not without his indulgences and such a fine piece of machinery such as yourself would be a fine addition to his hoard. Though the terms of the addition can wait till a later date we are in the midst of a more urgent matter. Though... later, time willing, we shall talk. Now Captain, this body? May we see it? The search should begin quickly, it has already been long, and i dont want the trail to grow even more frigid."

OOC: I could have sworn i posted this earlier, something must have gone wrong. This was supposed to be up before shiney darted away.
#671

captainshar

Dec 10, 2007 23:57:49
I've wrapped it up in a bit of sailcloth because it incinerated itself.

Shar lugs up a white bundle from the hold and hands it over.

Many thanks.
#672

demonfey02

Dec 11, 2007 0:04:32

I am not a hoard item!
He takes a mace out of his stomach area and presses a button, which causes it to push against the deck of the ship before extending and launching him through the door faster than he could run. He shrinks as he flies, all while holding the mace, which goes back to normal size as he flees.
OOC: He shrank himself with his reduce special ability after fleeing in as creative a way as I could think of off the top of my head with just a rod of lordly might at hand.
#673

captainshar

Dec 11, 2007 10:00:21
Now see what you've done!

Shar stands with hands on her hips.

Do you really want to hold the little guy captive like that?
#674

gulien

Dec 13, 2007 16:40:16
Taking the morbid bundle from Shar Fel takes it and unfurls it on the deck. Looking up he address's Shar.

"You misunderstand lady, I wish not to place the work of art you call "Shiney" in imprisonment or any sort of bondage. But rather give him a place of Honor. As a hoard-treasured who would be foolish enough to offend or do harm to it? The hoard of a dragon is a safe place and with time and trust built he would be free to wander this strange world for all to see the wonders that Daken has within his hoard. Though now is not the time for this, we have a mission and I wish to be done with it to assure your safety. If Daken wants him, they shall talk on their own time."

Speaking once more in Draconic to Daken the pair begins to search the charred remains being careful to take into notice all things that may give clue to where it last resided or perhaps a common meeting place for it and others like it.

Daken Will take 20 on the Check and Fel will take 10 in aiding Daken for +2 Search Check: 20+18skill+2aid = 40

OOC:I could have sworn i posted this and i read it like 2 hours after the fact and then it disappeared. Stupid glemax.
#675

captainshar

Dec 13, 2007 22:05:45
Some bits of her costume seem like they were made in the northern styles.

Shar tells him,

Sorry. It's a bit tricky when they commit suicide by fireball. But I've found she was from the Guild of Ultimate Evil, and had followers.
#676

gulien

Dec 13, 2007 22:43:17
Fel looks up with a smile.

"I feel two birds with one stone being killed coming around. I, as you know, have interest in the GoUE's last domicile. If they are possibly holed up there then I shall see to it that they are eradicated. Hmmm, to go alone would be foolish even with Daken at my side. I would ask you to come with me but i know you interests are elsewhere at the moment. Even though, this is a more directed danger at you. The jungle shall still be there on the morrow and as you said you trust each of your crew to be in charge in your stead. Leave this and come with me, i shall call my comrade and we shall storm their fortess slaying any that stand in the way of our swift justice."

With the talk of combat Fel's eyes seem to shine and his entire persona seems to bristle.
#677

captainshar

Dec 13, 2007 23:00:22
The Guild of Ultimate Evil is no longer a viable trading site...so, why not? When do you want to leave?

Kort, you're in charge unless you start getting the sea shivers or something, and then Janine is.


Shar looks around and shouts to the general population,

Try not to let anything blow up while I'm gone! See you all later!


(We're ahead of the jungle time anyway, so we're not losing any game-time from this. Feel free to mingle amongst yourselves or go explore the rest of the city.)
#678

gulien

Dec 13, 2007 23:18:27
Fel looks to Daken and whispers something in Draconic. Daken seems to smile and hisses back to Fel.

"My life is on the back of Daken, i am ready to go now. If you wish to bring some food then it is up to you. Daken doesnt usually mind sharing his kills with me."

Fel quickly mounts Daken and brings his hand to his mouth whispering into it.

"My friend, we ride to our new home. Battle will greet us, please do not leave me waiting."
#679

captainshar

Dec 13, 2007 23:28:49
I'll eat anything. But I may as well bring along some handy hard tack in case we end up in an evil wasteland with no beast in sight, for some reason.

Shar stuffs some hard tack in her knapsack and fills a canteen with water, pats herself to make sure she's re-armed herself completely, and summons her carpet. She approaches Fel and Daken and grunts to herself.

Gods on every plane! Why must I always ride when I'm already sore.

She shrugs and swings herself up.
#680

gulien

Dec 13, 2007 23:38:20
Daken pumps his wings and they are airborne. The guild of seafarers quickly drops out of sight as they gain altitude and Daken begins to fly towards the Guild of Ultimate Evil.

OOC: Ok, two questions. What time is it? I think its night. Also, are we going to post on the GoUE:Darkness thread again?
#681

demonfey02

Dec 14, 2007 22:27:24
The tiny warforged peeks out of a barrel (how he got there, no one knows).
Did the big dragon go away?
Once it's obvious the dragon's gone, he grows back to full height and gets back to work.
#682

captainshar

Dec 15, 2007 0:52:23
Yep, dragon's gone, and Shar rode away on it too.

(Do you want Shiny to be paid for the repairs? I already paid out the amount. It's listed on my character sheet.)
#683

demonfey02

Dec 15, 2007 1:07:59
(Hm...why not. Could use the money...)
#684

aramar_the_black

Dec 20, 2007 17:45:46
A scruffy messenger runs out onto the docks, and hails the nearest guard or sailor.
"'scuse me, good sir, but might you know where I could find Captain Shar? I got this letter here that s'pose to go strait to her, ya' see."
#685

captainshar

Dec 20, 2007 21:15:54
Shar's away and I'm the second mate.

A blue-skinned elf approaches the messenger.
#686

lady_rolindin

Dec 21, 2007 1:48:57
Juskirk in the morning will go pay the dock master for the month.

As for the rest of the crew they will help and watch the repair workers.
#687

aramar_the_black

Dec 21, 2007 10:40:14
"Ah. Well, I s'pose since this thing's s'pose ta be delivered right quick an' proper...here ya are." The messenger's says as he hands the a small roll of pachment to the elf.
He then gives a small bow, says "Fair winds to ya", and turns to depart.


Message

The parchment is small, the text on it cursive and small.

Greetings.

You know as well as I that our land and City cannot last much longer under the strain of imbalance, conflict, and rabble. Thus, I propose a meeting to discuss the future of Tyrannor.

Come to Vellum Hall in the Library of High Fenn, on the fifth chime one week from now. There, we shall diplomatically resolve our conflicts once and for all.

- Tongsen

#688

captainshar

Dec 21, 2007 12:05:51
Ho boy, things are a-happenin'.

Kort tucks the letter away and carries out the month's business as well.


Business for November (1d20+39=53)

53-25 = 28

28 X 50gp = 1,400gp
#689

eglentyne

Dec 22, 2007 7:08:54
I would think that since Brensas ship leave the shoal village sea area in afternoon, maybe the junk arrives at sea guild some time that afternoon. How far travel is from shoal village, that I know not.

But the two mast junk comes into view and then goes into seaguild. The junk then goes to dock not far away from shar's ship.

After ship is tied to dock post and sails taken down, Brensas then gets off ship with Idey.

He asks one of the dock workers where shar is.
#690

captainshar

Dec 22, 2007 21:25:19
"Shar's away. I think Kort - the blue elvish-looking feller - is in charge while she's away. Got anything to unload from yer new vessel?"
#691

eglentyne

Dec 23, 2007 0:35:46
This what he say to them," not things to unload now, that why I need to talk to Shar. This new to me, I go talk to Kort he help explain to these things."

Brensas then go to the blue elf man, " I told Shar no here you can help tell me and Idey how to run ship business. You know what is needed to run ship business?"
#692

lady_rolindin

Dec 23, 2007 14:43:12
The crew of the ravens song will stay and watch the work being do on the ship. not wanting a suprise the crews leaves are done in 1/8. so more can be ready if nessassary.
#693

captainshar

Dec 23, 2007 15:18:09
Kort turns to the halfling.

Why yes, I do. Why would you be needing to know?
#694

eglentyne

Dec 23, 2007 16:13:22
"To start with Kort what do ship need, I see Shar have some kind maps. Do ship need some kind of papers? I see other ships have name, what is name for?" Brensas says to Kort.

"This is Idey, she captain of ship. maybe you can talk to her and explain things to her, She understand these things better I think. I think she be good captain. I and Idey like to know everthing about ship business." brensas says introducing idey.

Idey says then, "Brensas you will be a a good owner, a good sailor someday with pratice. Kort where can we get some paper work to transfer the ownership to Brensas. And who do we need to talk to about this first, does the ship need to be registerd with some some, after brensas gets the papers?"

do you mind me playing Idey Shar?
#695

captainshar

Dec 23, 2007 21:26:04
(Go ahead and play everyone on your ship; we'll step in if we feel you're abusing the power.)

Ah, yes. The ship probably has a name, though if it's been lost long enough it can probably take a new one. You can register with the Guild if you want to; then you'll get some discounts and protections. And if you're having trouble figuring everything out, we could probably loan you an experienced sailor or two.

Kort looks at the small-sized ship and smiles to himself.

But not me.
#696

eglentyne

Dec 24, 2007 3:39:54
I have questions Shar: ok when the shoal halflings remake the large junk. Did the shoal halflings take the deck sizes and make say intead of two, make three decks?
Or did the shoal halflings remake the whole ship and cut the large junk down to halfling size?

"Then I think we need to go talk to one who can give me title to ship, then talk to someone to register ship." brensas saw say to Kort.

"Yes it be good to have someone who know how ship runs, if shar no mind then ones who can help explain can work with idey and crew."

Brensas says to Kort.

Idey thinks for a moment, "Yes it would help to have someone who knows how shipping ways can work, and to explain them to me. Brensas what you think about name for ship?"

Brensas and Idey then talk about name for ship, brensas says to idey, " you think name good then. " after they talk about name for the ship.

"Then the name of the ship is the Hidden Shoal, for my people and for Brensas people." Idey say to Kort. Kort then lets go talk to the ones who can give Brensas the ownership papers. Then go get the ship resgister with the guild." Idey says.
#697

captainshar

Dec 24, 2007 11:41:53
The ship never was intended for medium-sized folk. It was made for small people, probably gnomes.

You know where the dockmaster is.

Kort looks up at the sky.

Oh! I think Shar is back!


Flying above the city, Shar nods.

If you change your mind, you would be welcome.
#698

gulien

Dec 24, 2007 12:27:33
Daken circles the city loosing altitude and lands with a tired thump on the docks. Seeing the kender her moans in dismay.

"Perhaps, in time. Here is your ship captain. *yawn* I believe it is time that Daken and I retire to a more secluded place.... for more privacy. Good luck in the jungle."

Fel helps Shar to the ground. Then mounts again and turns to the Kender.


"You there, strange halfling. I have been told of your interest in Daken. I must tell you I understand however if you ever attempt to touch him again without consent, your life is forfeit. Spread the word."
#699

demonfey02

Dec 24, 2007 21:33:19
Shiny peers at the dragon through a port hole, wand in hand. He seems to be waiting for it to leave.
#700

eglentyne

Dec 24, 2007 22:07:14
" Can the dockmaster give brensas paper work to own ship, can the dockmaster give the resgistration papers for the guild also?" Idey asks Kort.


Brensas would see the dragon land near by, hearing what Kort and Idey said. Brensas says to Shar when he sees her on the dock and the dragon man, " What wrong with dragon man Shar, don't he know that kender are cousins to halflings. What wrong with touching dragon?"

Brensas think for a moment, "I do what I say I do Shar, I go talk to sea elfs, sea elf I talk too say that they have to talk to elders too see if they make agrement with you."

"Kort here say that maybe you Shar help me and Idey to learn how to run ship I own. You help explain how to run ship business Shar. What you do When I gone to talk to sea elfs Shar. You take ride with dragon man again Shar?" brensas says to Shar
#701

captainshar

Dec 24, 2007 23:33:03
Hey there, Brensas. And Kort.

Yes, I'll speak to the sea people.

Yes, you should talk to the dockmaster.

Yes, one of my sailors can help you for a bit.

Yes, Kort, I'll go to those Guild Meetings.


Shar sighs.

Did anyone make any more headway on our expedition?
#702

eglentyne

Dec 24, 2007 23:58:13
"Shar I not know what others do while I go talk to sea elfs.

This is Idey a shoal halfling who live and trade with sea elfs. She is captain of ship I have now. I think she be good captain.
I think you need to ask others what is done while I gone, when I get ship things done then I go see glenn. Maybe glenn have things ready for me for trip to jungle.

It good you help show Idey and me how ship business is run, all crew of Hidden Shoal is shoal halfings.
I think me and Idey need go talk to dock master Shar first. Can member of your crew who help tell Idey where to get sea maps like you have and how to use them?"
Brensas says to Shar.

'It's good to meet you Shar brensas talked about you, any help you can give would help." Idey says to Shar
#703

lady_rolindin

Dec 25, 2007 1:04:08
What I think Shar will find out is that dragonstrif ship is finished, Fi'rua ship and Shar's will be finished tommorrow. based at 500gp per day fix rate.

This would be since the attack two days ago.
#704

captainshar

Dec 25, 2007 12:54:31
We were just talking about defending the guild. I think we're going to install normal wards.

Now run along to the dockmaster and he'll finish up everything for you.

What's this?


Shar smiles as she hears Glenn singing, and speeds up to the sky to catch a falling gift.
#705

eglentyne

Dec 25, 2007 15:03:18
Brensas catch a gift, then put in kender bag when he finished talk to dockmaster.

"Then we go see dockmaster, when shar you send crew member to help explain how to run ship business that help.Then we talk latter when you have more time then."
Brensas says to Shar.

Brensas and Idey go see dockmaster then.
#706

gulien

Dec 25, 2007 16:16:36
Daken sees the falling packages and gives Fel a quick word. Quickly beating his wings they both rocket into the sky. Twisting and turning Fel grabs a package for himself and his stalwart companion. Waving his arm with a package under the other he waves to Glenn.

"Merry Winter's Feast!"
#707

captainshar

Dec 25, 2007 21:37:21
The dockmaster holds a little mug of steaming cocoa.

"You've got a ship now, little guard? Well, write her name down here and I'll get the papers ready."

He offers the shipping register to the halflings, his normally passive face wreathed with a holiday smile.

Shar's voice rings out, loud and musical through the docks:

Good Holidays to all, strangers, enemies, and friends alike!

Her tiredness vanishes as she speeds through the skies, letting off showers of sparks and singing beautifully at the top of her powerful voice. Her crew looks up and cheers, and the cheers spread from ship to ship across the whole shore of the river. Finally, like a speeding comet, Shar flies into her ship and breaks the fall with a cartwheel at the last second. She smiles to the world.
#708

demonfey02

Dec 25, 2007 22:15:10
*poing*
Okay, Shiny is supposed to be chaotic, and have a lot of generally useless stuff on hand...
*Poing*
But even he's not sure where he got a pogo stick from. Doesn't stop him from using it to try and catch a gift though.
*POING*
Success!
He springs off the pogo stick and catches one with his ever so pointy teeth of DOOM (tm).
Hehehehe...
He takes out the object in it.
Hm...
Pressing a small button, and realigning the magical properties, he makes a token of feather fall into a single use of control weather. Snowflakes begin falling to earth.
Happy holidays!
#709

eglentyne

Dec 25, 2007 23:28:05
"Yes I have ship now, suprise to me too. This is Idey, she captain of ship." Brensas says to the dock master.

brensas then writes down the name of the ship, Hidden Shoal.
then looks at the other papers the dock master does.

Idey watchs what is going on with the dock master and what is going on around them.

"It good to meet you then dock master, it will be good to work with you." Idey says
#710

captainshar

Dec 25, 2007 23:40:04
The dockmaster takes back the register and hands over the papers for the ship.

"There you are, Brensas."

(You can read over the rules and such in the first post - and your ship has been added to register!)
#711

lady_rolindin

Dec 25, 2007 23:44:53
Fi'rua watches the happening from her ship, then gets one of the gifts. She does wounder what the celebration is about, still learning the customs of tryanor.

She does let the crew relax more and enjoy the event.
#712

eglentyne

Dec 26, 2007 3:30:22
Brensas take papers from dockmaster and puts them away.
" I own ship but still work as guard, Idey is captain and can do the ship things for me. So what do next then. when Shar sends the one from her ship to help explain how ship things work then I undersand ships business better."
#713

captainshar

Dec 26, 2007 9:32:36
"All right, but your name will still be on the papers."

(If you really want me to change your listing in the first post, I can, but you're the PC.)

The dockmaster yawns.

"Good night."
#714

eglentyne

Dec 26, 2007 16:17:34
Brensas will make a good owner, Idey can still be the captain.
Right now Idey would make a better captain, Brensas can still go on some ship trips, to learn the trade.
give brensas some time to adjust and decide what to do.


"Then good night to you. We should go have crew enjoy selfs tonight." Brensas says.


Afyer Brensas and idey goes back to Hidden Shoal he invites all of them to inn to celebrate new times together and new freinds.
#715

eglentyne

Dec 28, 2007 19:52:53
After the shoal halflings enjoy them selves at the inn they go back to the ship.
#716

lady_rolindin

Jan 03, 2008 23:42:13
Fi'rua talks to Juskirk first before she goes to glenns shop.

She takes one of her warforged with her to the shop.
#717

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 23, 2008 12:44:57
A tall man walks through the docks, fingers adorned with various rings of various colors and sizes. His coat is a long trailing red, while his shirt is a violet in color. He wears a pair of golden hued pants and boots of a black color. The man steps lightly humming a tune and moving to the beat with a steady sway. As he makes his way along the docks he takes stops at each of the ships, looking them over as closely as he can from the dock.
#718

captainshar

Jan 23, 2008 15:25:21
Care to ride? It's free today! It's my birthday.

Shar looks at the man and her ship which is quickly filling with townsfolk, and grins.
#719

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 24, 2008 20:43:42
"Ah madame, a good day to you and a happy birthday. I take it then that you are a captain. If so then it is a pleasure to meet you and I may have an offer that you would please you as well."
#720

captainshar

Jan 24, 2008 22:47:45
Oh?

Shar cocks her head to the side.
#721

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 24, 2008 23:12:11
The gentleman nods, bowing low to the captain.
"Yes, It is my understanding that a good deal of ship's captains are as well, treasure hunters. I've heard tell and indeed, I have seen a treasure hidden away in a certain location. However, I don't quite intend to go after it alone, not the safest of places I assure you."
#722

captainshar

Jan 25, 2008 10:32:59
I see. Care to come aboard and we can discuss this belowdecks?

Shar waves to the crowds, and prepares to cast off.
#723

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 25, 2008 14:23:25
"Well I had not intended to take a trip, but I can do so in this case. I accept your invitation."
The gentleman bows and looks to the ship. A rushing of wind both in feel and sound precedes his sudden leap into the air. He lands on the deck lightly beside the wheel, tucking his arms behind him and awaiting the captain.
#724

captainshar

Jan 25, 2008 15:05:53
After leading the crowd in a lively song and telling a humorous story, Shar motions the strange man belowdecks.

As you can see, this ship has a great many improvements made to the construction, with some reinforced planking, lucky sails, some magical storage available, and she's still got a shallow draft to boot. What might your salvaging needs be?
#725

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 25, 2008 15:26:17
"Ah, but you misunderstand me mi'lady. I did not say salvage. I made mention of treasure this is true but it is not buried beneath the waves. A ship would be quite useful in bringing those who wish to seek said treasure to it's resting place, but a ship will not reach our location."
#726

captainshar

Jan 25, 2008 15:43:59
Where is it then, Mr - ?
#727

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 26, 2008 0:28:51
"Sir, actually. Sir Calibrus Uth Damarus, A Knight... without a lord at the moment. This treasure is located in the mountains a bit of a march from the large lake northeast of the city. It's exact location I shant reveal just yet, I am sure you understand Captain - ?"
#728

captainshar

Jan 26, 2008 0:38:43
Shar.

Lake Radif? That's going to be a bit tricky, but why do you need a ship in the first place?
#729

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 26, 2008 0:57:26
"I don't. And not Radif no, the body of water at the end of the river, I am not sure if it bears a commonly known name. I need no ship, but I thought perhaps you would be interested in the adventure. I had heard there were some captains in the area, and I simply thought to look the ships over, and find a worthy adventurer, that is all."
#730

captainshar

Jan 26, 2008 1:02:29
Ah, yes. By the Halls of Refuge? I've been up that way. Had a little adventure with some pirates last time I tried that.

The Noumenal Blade is the best ship I can think of for that. She can navigate the shallows well.


Shar sticks out her hand to shake on the agreement.
#731

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 26, 2008 1:20:09
Sir Calibrus nods his head approvingly, extending his own hand to take Shar's. He clasps it, leaning downwards and kissing her on the back of the hand.
"Well milady, I suppose the deal is set. I shall contact you when I have all set and ready for this trip, if that is fine with you."
#732

captainshar

Jan 26, 2008 12:39:39
Very good.

Shar goes back above decks to entertain the passengers until they reach the docks again.
#733

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 26, 2008 18:13:37
When Shar reaches the docks Sir Calibrus has vanished from the ship.
#734

captainshar

Jan 26, 2008 18:36:29
Shar smiles to herself as she takes on another load of well-wishers - another pretty man has made her acquaintance.
#735

captainshar

Feb 07, 2008 11:47:23
There seems to be a small dare going on among the dockworkers as to which one will approach the undead ship. Finally, one woman laughs, shrugs, and walks up to the ship.

"Anything needin' unloading here, sir? Prime rates!"

Meanwhile, Shar docks at her usual location and sees all her passengers safely unloaded. Before letting the next enthusiastic crowd aboard, she pauses to see whether the undead are going to make any trouble.

She spies Ra'Nal'Ek with her own spyglass, and waves to him.
#736

sargatanas

Feb 07, 2008 12:55:32
A man steps up from beneath the deck, moving across the ship and making his way down the planks. He wears the long coat and hat that one might recognize as belonging to Sargatanas. Indeed his hair is long and braided, ending in tied on, thin dagger blades. However his skin is dark and quite alive. He even sports a short beard of dark black. Walking with a skull-topped staff he steps down onto the docks.
"Nothing... yet. But I would like to speak with the captain that... I believe owns these docks or something like that. Didn't quite get all that information."
#737

captainshar

Feb 07, 2008 14:49:31
"Well you're in luck sir, Captain Shar just got in. It's her birthday and she's been giving rides around the harbor all day. Shall I carry a message?"

She asks, still hopeful for some kind of job.
#738

sargatanas

Feb 07, 2008 15:35:01
"Yes, simply inform her that the Lord of the Damned wishes to speak with her."
#739

captainshar

Feb 07, 2008 15:47:16
The dockhand runs off to the Noumenal Blade.

Soon, Shar flies up to Sargatanas on her carpet. When she sees him live, she stops a moment, then breaks into a smile.

Nice to see you're in better health, Sargatanas. What can I do for you? Wish to become a member of the guild now, or simply looking for a place to dock?
#740

sargatanas

Feb 07, 2008 15:57:34
"My reasons for coming here are twofold. First, I wish to call together the leaders of the various guilds in this area. You know many of these, and are likely to be able to bring this to pass. Second... I wish to... appoligize about our last meeting. Think of the position you placed me in. I ask you, if somone had taken your ship when you were... indesposed, and I knew it's location and information about those guarding it... but refused to tell you. Would you not be... quite angry as well? An unfortunate result from it... but no harm done."
#741

captainshar

Feb 07, 2008 16:05:28
Mmm....

Shar muses for a moment.

Apology accepted. I'll even waive your docking fee for now.

I can probably find everyone again, but they won't like it. We just finished with such a meeting recently. I'm sure there'll be another one when election results are in, though.


Shar smiles brightly.

So, what's it to be? Shall we bore everyone to tears with another meeting so soon, or do you want to enjoy life a little first?
#742

sargatanas

Feb 07, 2008 16:17:36
"What do you mean by... enjoy life?"
Sargatanas eyes Shar and looks around the docks.
"It has been some time since I have been... 'alive' and... enjoyable doesn't quite describe it."
#743

captainshar

Feb 07, 2008 17:54:58
Well, let's see, I usually list it as "Song, Men, and Spirits" but you might be more familiar with the phrase "Wine, Women, and Song"?

Shar laughs.

But at least tell me how you got to be alive and handsome again. It must be a good story, eh?

She jumps off the carpet and stands next to him, as in a normal conversation.
#744

sargatanas

Feb 07, 2008 23:56:32
Sargatanas holds out a hand and looks it over, inspecting the work that renewed his long-released life.
"I contacted the halls of refuge, they sent a... person to work the magics, though I could have done well enough myself. Long have the people of this land considered me... crazy... and seeking nothing more than the deaths and rebirths of everyone. They are of course, wrong. My goal is not death and chaos as I've said before, but unity. Eventually everyone will see the benefit of such unity, but to show that I do not wish to bring the blessings of undeath upon the world, I have done this."
Sargatanas extends his arms outward at both sides and looks down at himself, nodding and setting his staff to the ground, he leans against it.
"The sensation is... different. It has been many years, many generations since I gave up this living world for the land of the dead. This body tires, there are limits to it's strengths and it's endurance. Wounds linger... and pain can be felt clearly. It is not the most beneficial body for one of my station, but it is a necessity perhaps... to prove my intentions. As for wine and women... I have had neither since far before your parents were likely even born. Song however... there has always been song, even in death. Though perhaps more mournful than those of the living."
#745

gulien

Feb 08, 2008 10:42:59
Gorad awakens from his slumber and climbs out of his coffin. Going to Adrelial's he lifts the lid from hers and pulls her from it. Walking to the door to the deck he opens it a bit and hisses at the sunlight that streaks in.

"We shall have to wait until that infernal orb sets before we can hunt. Come my child and I shall talk you through the process."

At that Gorad and Adrelial settle down in some chairs and begin to talk of the rising of more clan members.

OOC: If it wouldnt be to much trouble can i get a message when the sun has set? Shouldnt be too long since its been the same day for like a week?
#746

captainshar

Feb 08, 2008 14:16:43
Well, if even if you're not busy, I am. If anyone gives you any trouble - or vice versa - I'll be sure to hear of it. For now I'm off to take one last round of sightseers out on the water.

Shar bows with a flourish and departs. Soon, her ship sets sail.
#747

sargatanas

Feb 08, 2008 14:38:18
Sargatanas grunts and turns toward the large bulky gentleman that approaches him. He looks him over for a few minutes and sets his staff's butt down. William steps up beside him and eyes the yak-man carefully. William is the one to speak rather than Sargatanas.
"What is it you want with the Lord of the Damned?"
#748

bookmen

Feb 08, 2008 14:59:53
"Me called Hardy. Me Old Boss dead, me new Boss break deal, working for G'rd not what me want. Me looking for new new Boss. A Boss like Old Boss. A powerful Boss who has mind like diamond, sharp, clear, and . . .in-tra-cit."
Hardy strains to say that last word as it is not one he normally uses.
#749

sargatanas

Feb 08, 2008 15:09:34
William waves his hand toward the nearby Sargatanas. Were he able to express amusement it would be quite obvious on his features. However his features are few and long begun to fade with the rotting of his flesh.
"The Lord of the Damned, Sargatanas is the... 'boss' of this ship and of all lands that wish for Unity and strength to guide them."
#750

bookmen

Feb 08, 2008 16:20:48
"Unity...Strength. Old Boss talked that way too. He always said..."
Hardy gains a far off look as he strains to remember the words that his old master had spoken so often. As he recounts them he pauses between words making certian that he remembers it correctly.
"'The people must. . .be protected. It. . .doesn't matter how. . .you do it so long as. . .it is done. They. . . will become. . .strong if we pretect them. . .and though they call us. . .monsters they will. . .understand us. . .in time."
#751

sargatanas

Feb 08, 2008 17:11:23
Sargatanas looks the large... apparently slow witted creature over and laughs to himself. He nods and with a touch on William's shoulder directs the prince back a step.
"Well there... creature, it seems your boss had some... good ideas. It is similar to my own beliefs, and I think... perhaps... we should speak about this boss of yours. Who is he... where does he reside?"
#752

bookmen

Feb 08, 2008 18:03:40
The massive stone-skinned yakfolk which is Hardy gives a small bow of his head when Sargatanas approaches.
"Old Boss...'resides' in the ground."
#753

sargatanas

Feb 08, 2008 21:54:38
"He lives underground or he is dead? Death... not a matter that is of much concern for me. I know what will happen to me when I die. I will rise again, because I can never truely be slain. This is my might... I command death and the dead... Even they will live beside me... even they will walk in unity with the rest of the world. When the time has come, when all is done... there will be a single, united world."
#754

bookmen

Feb 08, 2008 22:08:13
"Old Boss is dead. Ripped to many pieces and me bury him in forest. You a lot like Old Boss. Need a G'rd?"
#755

sargatanas

Feb 08, 2008 22:46:18
"A... G'rd? Would that be... a guard? Or something of some other sort I can't seem to figure out because it's missing a few syllables? If you're asking about a position... well I just might be able to find something for you. I have... many positions available in my kingdom."
#756

bookmen

Feb 08, 2008 22:58:18
"'Position.' Yes. Me want a 'position.' Will you give me one? What will me do?"
#757

sargatanas

Feb 08, 2008 23:07:17
"For now... stay with this ship here. Defend it, should anyone attempt to board without my permission, remove them. As well, should william issue an order to you, follow it as if it were my own."
#758

bookmen

Feb 08, 2008 23:15:25
Hardy smilies glad to have a Boss once more.
"Yes Boss."

Hardy hits his chest in what apprears to be salute. He moves next to the gang plank and takes up position.
#759

captainshar

Feb 10, 2008 12:21:00
Shar docks for the night. She directs her night watch to report any unusual activity around Sargatanas' ship.
#760

demonfey02

Feb 10, 2008 14:27:48
One of them at least has some unusual activity to report. In this case, that being one metal kender walking up to Hardy and poking him with a stick repeatedly.
Hi!
*poke*
I'm Shiny Lantern
*poke poke*
What's your name?
*pokepokepoke*
Why'reyouallrockyanhardantallancanIsitonyourheadanlookaroundanddoyoutastelikerocksananancanIstealyourtallnessan...
I CAN'T TAKE IT ANY MORE! FOR THE LOVE OF EVERYTHING UNHOLY, GET ME AWAY FROM IT!
HOLY!
*touches morningstar on its back, causing it to glow with the light of the gods*
GAAAAAAAAAGGGGH!
#761

bookmen

Feb 10, 2008 15:08:04
*snip*

(OOC: Wtf? )
#762

bookmen

Feb 10, 2008 19:50:49
*snip*

As Hardy becomes enraged by the metal Kender he swings at the tiny thing again and again trying to violently force it away from him.

(The die roller keeps acting wierd on me.)
Attack roll 1: 37
Damage: 22
Attack 2: 29
Damage: 23
Attack 3: 37
Damage:26
#763

demonfey02

Feb 10, 2008 20:47:48
(I felt bored and evil one day, and a different group was making characters, so I decided I wanted to have a kender who never sleeps, eats, or breathes. Hence, Shiny Lantern (CG warforged scout/kender personality) was born! And his morningstar, Common Sense, who is his LE weapon familiar (for IG comedic reasons), which he gets to shut up by making into a holy weapon.)
IC:
Owies!
Each of Hardy's hits rips into the childlike being with brutal efficiency, nearly taking off one of its arms. It looks wounded at the action emotionally and physically, like it could cry at you.
I just wanted to be your friend an' show you my favorite toy...
It runs away after that, accidentally running into the water.
Eep!
*splash*
Current HP: 20
#764

bookmen

Feb 10, 2008 20:59:08
*snip*

Hardy doesn't move after the Kender leaves and soon calms down.
"Wield shiny thing poke to much."
What the Kender said about "friend" sinks into Hardy's head.
"Opps."

(OOC: Lol. Don't worry I have plenty of experiance with wierd PCs. They can sometimes be the most fun.)

(OOC: Encounter Ended)
#765

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 10, 2008 23:06:23
Ra'Nal'ek steps forward on the docks, metallic shaft leveled toward Hardy's chest. Stepping with a soft dignity but determination. The red cloth around the top of the object blows in the winds that come in off the seas.
"You sir are under arrest for assault, you will come with me quietly or I will be required to use force."
#766

bookmen

Feb 10, 2008 23:32:15
Hardy looks down at the smaller man.

"Boss told me to stay here and g'rd the ship. Shiny hold weapon toward me. Me g'rd."
#767

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 10, 2008 23:58:07
"If you are a guard then you will respect the law and come with me sir. You should also know the law and you have broken it in assaulting that... 'man' as you did."
#768

bookmen

Feb 11, 2008 0:01:48
"Me no go. Boss said stay and g'rd ship. The Shiny hold weapon toward me. Me attack. You now hold weapon toward me and try stop me from g'rding."

(Ready attack action incase Ra'Nal'ek starts an encounter.)
#769

demonfey02

Feb 11, 2008 1:14:06
*Beneath the water*
Shiny looks around at his surroundings from the bottom of the docks. Fish swim by him.
Blurble! (Cool!)
After that, he works on the terrible stinging pain, pouring infusion after infusion into himself-which will be rolled sometime tomorrow.
Blurp?
Ignore the weird voice in your head narrating what you do.
Blurble blurp.:D
Burning: rsd, lesser weapon augmentation (earlier), rmd (x2), rld (x3)
25, 17, 10, 10, 10, 9; back at full
#770

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 11, 2008 1:55:51
Ra'Nal'ek sighs with a shake of the head. Not standing in close range to the large and apparently easily angered creature, Ra'Nal'ek pulls upon the object's trigger. A burst of flames and smoke errupts from the end and propels forward, flying inches past hardy
"I am sorry, you leave me no choice, we must all obey the law this is your final warning."

Attack VS Hardy (1d20+29=30)
(Its a warning shot, Orcy swears it... well.. it was going to be subdual... but we'l call it warning!)
#771

sargatanas

Feb 11, 2008 2:30:40
[color=Indigo]William raises a dead hand and steps between the two, narrowing what remains of his eyes. His jaw moves in strange ways but he forms words regardless.
"Enough! I agree with Hardy, the little beast did approach and make an annoyance out of himself. However, he should not have reacted so viciously. If you will both cool your heads... I offer a proposal. You ignore this infraction and should another occur, you may punish him for a second act. I believe that would be.. two days in the stocks? What say you... lawman?"[/color]
#772

gulien

Feb 11, 2008 10:34:03
From beneath the decks Gorad appears and stands beside William, slightly to his rear and the left stands Adrelial rapier drawn.

"Do you have this under control Stormhand? I will stay if you wish, but Adrelial and I have business inside the city."

OOC: We arent burning, its night now.
#773

captainshar

Feb 11, 2008 11:35:39
By now Shar's watchers have roused her. She and the dockmaster arrive at the gangplank of Sargatanas' ship.

I don't like disturbances on my docks. What caused this one?

Shar also eyes the vampires warily.
#774

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 11, 2008 11:40:52
"This rock creature assaulted an individual who approached. The small metallic man poked him a few times and he was met with a savage beating before leaping into the water to escape. He is refusing to come along quietly and now these... beasts are attempting to threaten an officer of the law."
#775

sargatanas

Feb 11, 2008 12:16:20
William looks over his shoulder and bares his teeth upon seeing Adrelial's sword drawn.
"Put your sword away woman! We are guests in this city.. we will act with couresty, we will not attempt to have our way through force."
Looking back to the captain and Ra'Nal'ek William folds his arms over his chest.
"Then shoot again. Fire upon us and prove to this city, so soon after my master's speech, that you do indeed wish to opress them. Prove that you would fight against us because we are different. If not the truth it will appear as such to those of the city. A small, metal man attacked my... cohort here, and when he defended himself the guards leapt to action, letting the culprit escape.

In truth I do not agree with his attack on the little man, but he should not have come and acted an annoyance. So tell me... what shall it be? Captain... it is your dock... was there even a disturbance?"
#776

captainshar

Feb 11, 2008 12:38:59
Ohhhh.

Shar starts laughing.

You guys found Shiny. He can be a bit uncanny to meet at first but he usually repairs anything he breaks. Yeah, no, no disturbance. Just don't hurt the little guy, okay?
#777

sargatanas

Feb 11, 2008 12:47:34
"There you have it lawman. There was no disturbance... your response however was admirable. I applaud your quick action and readyness to enforce the law against such odds. However, I would ask that in the future, you use better judgement when you seek to enforce your laws."
#778

bookmen

Feb 11, 2008 12:54:44
Hardy sees that things seem to be calming odwn and relaxes his attack pose. He does, although, have a mildly confused look on his face.
"But Shiny raise weapon and him."
Hardy nods toward Ra'Nal'ek.
"Throw fire. Me no supposed to g'rd against him?"
#779

sargatanas

Feb 11, 2008 14:34:04
"In this situation, no. That man is a guardsman... I believe. He works for the city, you work for us. What you do reflects on us, so you need to think before you act. The little annoying thing did not attack you, it was holding a stick, not even a weapon. Unless something attacks you, then you do not attack it without orders to do so... understand?"
#780

bookmen

Feb 11, 2008 15:42:58
"Was wrong in attack. Because me wrong I almost attack City G'rd."
Hardy looks truely troubled at this thought.
"Me almost break promise to Lemi because me was wrong. Me will follow orders. Act with orders."
#781

captainshar

Feb 11, 2008 19:17:25
Well, if that's all settled,

Shar yawns,

I'm going back to bed.

She heads back to her ship.
#782

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 11, 2008 23:23:25
Ra'Nal'ek lowers the weapon and eyes the undead and Hardy. Shaking the cloth covered head, Ra'Nal'ek turns and stalks off into the city, quickly vanishing into the people and alleyways.
#783

demonfey02

Feb 12, 2008 10:17:22
Taking out a small rod from one of the many compartments, Shiny presses a button after pointing it down. The resulting growth causes im to shoot out of the water.
Bluuuuuuuuu-
*sploosh*
-eeeeeeeeeeee!
Holding the rod from a point above the dock, Shiny drops down before wiggling it out of the water and shrinking it. It then runs off, water pouring out of its stomach.
#784

gulien

Feb 12, 2008 18:12:00
Adrelial puts her rapier away and steps behind Gorad. Gorad looks to the stormhand and speaks in a civil tone.

"I apologize for her drawing her weapon so quickly, in the future when we hear an explosion at the entrance of the ship we will wait to also hear screaming before coming to aid our comrades. We have business. Come Adrelial."

Taking a collar from a pocket in his vestments Gorad places it around his throat and his entire form darkens. (Wearing a Collar of Umbral Metamorphasis) Walking quickly off into the city he and adrelial head for the proper.
#785

von_crown

Feb 12, 2008 19:09:03
A lone figure walks out onto the pier, looking out at the sea
#786

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 14, 2008 0:25:58
When Shar returns to her ship she finds Calibrus leaning against a higher portion of the ramp. Raising the fingers on one hand he wiggles them in a wave. His expression is that of one unimpressed by the undead and the ship of the rotting creatures, marked by the slightest bit of interest. However, it is obvious he did not come to discuss the undead as he pushes away from the plank and bends in a low bow.
#787

captainshar

Feb 14, 2008 0:37:24
May I help you?

Shar stifles another yawn.
#788

orcy_the_green_wonder

Feb 14, 2008 0:49:18
"I shall have to assume that your memory of me has been clouded by sleep and not some flaw with my character itself. But allow me to refresh your memory... Sir Calibrus. I told you that I would return when the time was right and things were all well and prepared for a bit of a treasure hunt I believe. No no, don't worry. I don't intend to set out tonight, but I simply wished to inform you that all is ready and when you yourself are, we may take our leave of this city and go onwards to the hunt. It seems you are tired though, so I shall take my leave and allow you to rest."
#789

captainshar

Feb 14, 2008 0:55:29
My apologies. I do remember you. Excellent. Unless there is trouble at home, tomorrow we will go abroad.

Shar goes to her cabin to finish her sleep.
#790

orcy_the_green_wonder

Mar 16, 2008 19:27:22
Beside Sargatanas on the Vengeful Fate a shadowy figure emerges from thin air. Red eyes shine beneath the hood of the figure's head. It stands silently for a moment before cocking it's head in the Lord of the Damned's direction.
"Greetings once more my Lord. Yes, we have met but only in passing so do not worry if you do not remember me. There are troubles in the distance... rising from the darkness and coming to claim that which you have worked for. It would be my pleasure to guide you to these enemies and assit you in their destruction my lord. They are a threat to us all... and only you have the strength to defeat it."
#791

sargatanas

Mar 16, 2008 19:33:07
"Pretty words, but I'm not so easy to convince. I know what you are demon. You speak pretty words but you won't trick me, you can't trick me. Theres more enemies here than out there, you among them. No... I don't think I'll be leaving this city to go fight some foe in a distant part of the land. You're more foolish than I'd thought if you believe you can convince me to do THAT. Be gone monster... I've no time for the weak."
Sargatanas raises his staff and slams the end on the ground, turning upon the cloaked creature. He lifts his hand in preperations to cast a spell.
#792

orcy_the_green_wonder

Mar 16, 2008 19:37:29
The creature grins and bows to the Lord of the Damned.
"As you wish my lord, but I suggest that you heed my warnings. The enemy will come from the west, you should march forth to meet it. If you do not... then surely this city, and all those you know will fall and die. There is no hope if you do not stop them."
Again the creature bows low to Sargatanas, then it is gone as if it had never come.
#793

gulien

Mar 16, 2008 23:11:08
Stepping into the moon light on the deck Gorad approaches Sargatanas and bows slightly to him as he draws near.

"My lord, I wish to ask something of you. The thing at the bottom of the gangplank has shown some questionable loyalty while you were off in the city and I would very much like to make him indeniably subserviant if you understand my meaning. But warned against it by the Stormhand I stand here to ask your permission, it is only proper I do so as your stalwart servant."
#794

master_of_flames

Mar 18, 2008 7:49:45
Li'ruak shimmers into view, a goblet of blood red wine in his hand and sitting, cross-legged, just above the ground near the Lord of the Damned. Here is a thought Sargantas. Send someone expendable to scout out this 'threat' that the demon claims exists. If he tells the truth, then you can assign the threat a more immanent object. He drained the goblet, incinerating it in his palm with a jet black flame, and vanished. Of course, what would I know? I'm just a mortal elf who sold his soul to a devil in exchange for more power then most could dream of.
#795

sargatanas

Mar 18, 2008 12:28:25
Sargatanas looks at the floating Li'ruak, tapping his staff on the ground a few times and clearing his throat.
"Surely you haven't been spying on me, that would be extremely foolish."
The red gem covering the Lord of the Damned's eye flashes brightly for a moment before turning his attention toward Gorad.
"No. He will retain his own life and his own free will. We can't dominate and change every little thing that comes to this ship Gorad. While I have a distaste of being living... not everyone does. I informed you when you joined me that my goal was unity, not complete and utter domination of every living being. I would hope... that you remember that before you act. That said, if the elf spies on me again, he is yours."
#796

bookmen

Mar 18, 2008 18:12:35
Outside the ship Hardy hears snaches of the conversations on board. In hearing Gorad's plan to turn him a cold sweat breaks out on his stone skin.

Thoughts: No! He not me Boss!

Hardy is unable to move from outside of the ship though as he, in his dominated state, must stay at guard. Once he hears his new Boss's rejection of the Vampire's plan his mind goes at ease and his loyalty to Sargantanas is stregthened.
#797

gulien

Mar 19, 2008 21:53:46
Adrelial comes to the top of the ship with a piece of parchment in hand. Handing it to Gorad she waits. Taking the parchment from Adrelial Gorad goes to the bottom of the gangplank and hands the parchment to Crusty.

"Here, take this and go to the bank of Tyrannor. It has all information about Adrelial's account and has named you as her servant. It should be more than enough for you to take her money and bring it here. Do this for me and you shall be released."
#798

bookmen

Mar 19, 2008 22:52:18
"Crusty" takes the parchment, through the link provided by the domination the vampire and sense Hardy's hatred toward the vampire for being forced to serve him. After taking the parchment Hardy heads off to the bank.
#799

captainshar

Mar 20, 2008 21:45:02
A group of men and women gathers near Sargatanas' ship, watching the dock work. Talking and veiled arguments start to murmur through the normal noisy bustle.
#800

bookmen

Mar 20, 2008 22:40:28
Hardy makes his way back from the bank and toward the ship with the Undead's wealth. As he nears the crowd he shoves his way through to get to the ship.
#801

sargatanas

Mar 20, 2008 23:03:32
Sargatanas steps into view on the deck of his ship. Approaching the railing and looking down at the people below him with a slight bow. He rests his staff on the deck and stands proudly, his coat replaced now with a cloak of feathers and his head now occupied by a woven ring of beads and more feathers.
"Greetings my children."
#802

gulien

Mar 20, 2008 23:53:52
Gorad approaches crusty as he returns and takes the bag of money from him. Giving it to Adrelial he looks back to the goat thing.

"I release you, but mind you. Try anything against me and you shall be back where you are again. Follow our Lord and the day where we may call each other friend may not be lost. Welcome to the Damned Hardy."
#803

captainshar

Mar 21, 2008 15:50:57
"Children? I don' like the sound o' that!" spits a man.

"Nah, he meant it well." rejoins a woman.

"We heard you in the inn - we've come to join you!" says another woman, this one younger.

"He'll turn ya all to skellies, foolish child!" grumbles a grandmother.

The crowds are starting to break into two factions, one friendly and one hostile to Sargatanas.
#804

bookmen

Mar 21, 2008 18:34:25
Hardy will stay near the closest entrance to the boat.

Ready move action to move into the crowd incase it gets violent.
#805

sargatanas

Mar 21, 2008 19:25:35
"There is no need to fear me, I assure you. What have I done here that has proven the claims of my so called evil? I have freed the dead of the jungle from the clutches of a madman who sent them to kill indescriminately. I have come to this city to help and defend it's people from the evils that lurk beyond and within it's walls. Yet here the seed of doubt planted all those years ago has grown into a mighty tree. Because a crazed crusading elf had claimed me evil... because I was forced to act lest I be destroyed many years ago. Because of all these things my name has been tied with death. I do not force undeath upon the living, though I offer the eternal life to those who wish for it, this is true. My goal has not been, and never will be to turn the world into a land of the dead. I am here to help you, with all that I can."
#806

captainshar

Mar 21, 2008 21:44:44
(If you're trying to change the mood of the distrustful half of the crowd, please roll a Diplomacy check.)
#807

sargatanas

Mar 21, 2008 22:09:48
Diplomacy check (1d20+12=32) (Natural 20)
#808

turalisj

Mar 21, 2008 22:41:52
ooc: And the people within the crowd either fall to their knees, crying from such a moving speech, or start chanting Sargantas' name....
#809

captainshar

Mar 21, 2008 23:00:38
"Well, nevermind."

Some of the people straggle away.

The rest look to Sargatanas expectantly.

"Yes, we believe you can help! Just tell us what to do!"
#810

sargatanas

Mar 22, 2008 0:38:53
"This city has been in chaos for too long, it needs order, it needs to be brought together. But this young Antony wishes to tear down the walls and release the source into the world once again. When last it was free and the people rested in it's light, corruption spread. The great sage's apprentice grew corrupt and tried to take the power for himself. There are great evils in this world today... and should the source be released we will all suffer far more than any can know. We cannot allow that to happen. My soldiers come to defend the source and keep it from the hands of those that would act foolishly. Speak to your neighbors, they must know the truth. Speak to your families, they cannot let this happen. We must all do what we can."
#811

captainshar

Mar 22, 2008 10:06:53
"Did he say Antony wants it for himself?"

"After all, if we just let it out all at once, the rich folk will still be closest to it..."


The people start to disperse, arguing about this new idea.
#812

captainshar

Mar 24, 2008 10:35:23
The dockmaster scurries out of his now-completed office.

"The Noumenal Blade is not in port - Shar sent them on a voyage while she went with the dragon-riders who hired her. They all left together and flew up the river, day or two ago."
#813

thefriendlysmile_dup

Mar 24, 2008 12:33:43
At the mention of other riders Avorio seems to relax a bit and regain her composure.

"Other riders? Wonderful. Gix and Mach, or maybe even Gorthas may have already arrived. Fantastic. Pardon my urgency my dear. But would you know the name of the place they went? I would very much like to go meet my husband and aid him, and your captain, in whatever matter they are undertaking."
#814

captainshar

Mar 24, 2008 16:02:52
"Well, you seem like you know 'em, so I'll tell you Shar said she was going to place called Ghashmal Keep. I'm not in her crew, though - I just keep the dock records here."
#815

thefriendlysmile_dup

Mar 25, 2008 11:55:54
A look of glee flashes over Avorio's face and she raises her 5 headed rod skyward.

"Now THAT is a name I can work with! Guid me to my beloved! Take me to Ghashmal Keep!"

All of a sudden the rod in her hand jumps to life and the 5 heads of the dragons adorning it open their eyes. Slowly one by one the heads go down till but one is left and a beam of light shoots out of it towards the direction of the keep. But it quickly fades and the last head rests again. A light red sheen can be seen over Avorio's eyes as Essux rockets into the sky and they leave the port behind.

Casting Find the Path from my Chromatic Rod.
#816

captainshar

Sep 03, 2008 21:04:45
Salise and Kaer-Thok book passage on a ship going south.
#817

lady_rolindin

Sep 04, 2008 3:52:09
acutaly the Raven's Song is heading south first stopping to get some other supplies at another port (Non parisabiles first items). The going to the islands. then go back and get food items.
But first the new 20 crew members need to board, and any others with passports who wish to travel south.

Juskirk will go pay the monthly dock fees while he's there.
#818

lady_rolindin

Sep 07, 2008 15:00:18
The crew of the raven's song will in shifts prepare the ship to leave. When first light of the new day has come , the new members of the crew will be loged in and the ship will leave. If any do have the passports then they can travel with the ship.
This would most likely be 1 to 2 hours after sun up.

One other questions to the gm's since the area's in question traveling too, post them on this thread or the thread closest to the area the location is in?
#819

captainshar

Sep 07, 2008 18:14:40
Post for the Raven's Song in the place it's closest to.

It is night, now.

Kaer-Thok and Salise will take advantage of Fi'Rua's offer to be dropped off on the shore across from Carnak. That will take 2 days.

You can have exactly 7 extra crew members. NOT 20.
#820

lady_rolindin

Sep 08, 2008 14:21:49
7 is good

Then after it is a couple of hours after sun up they leave, loading the two possions on board.

Meanwhile during this time Juskirk the commander ( first officer) will have one of the petty officers show both of them to a room for the jorney then.
While the 7 new crew members will be assigned to their duities.

Fi' Rua will watch as they leave port and then go have commander Juskirk eat morning meal first, then she'll go eat.
during this time she will be looking ahead by spy glass. And correcting the ships direction as needed.

At midday meal (the biggest meal of the day) she will go invite Kaer-Thok and Salise to join her if they wish too.
#821

captainshar

Sep 08, 2008 21:01:55
Salise takes part in the meal.
#822

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 08, 2008 21:15:43
Kaer-Thok joins in as well. Coming to the meal without his facial covering, his gold-adorned tusks quite plain to see without the red cloth that covers his lower face most of the time.
#823

captainshar

Sep 08, 2008 21:53:36
So, Captain Fi'Rua, you seek treasures from sunken ships? That must be simple compared to stealing them from other merchants or pirates.
#824

lady_rolindin

Sep 09, 2008 3:31:14
Fi'rua says to them, "First let me appoligize to you Kaer- Thok for sending the messages, it does seem you got out of the city by your self. I was just worried about both of you that is all".

With that she will offer them some elven frost wine.

"I do wish to welcome the both of you to the raven's song."

"Salisa I know I have seen you around the docks here and there and heard your name now and then. I do know that you have some in the docks that respect you.
It is not as easy as it looks, I need special trained people to dive for treasures and such. Even have special devices that are just for looking into the water, or special nets to bring up items: or even to fight in the water. Even use magic and magical devices to have my people stay in the water so long. That dosen't include the dangers that can be in the sunken ships or buildings."


There is serval elven foods and elven sweet bread.


"Kaer- Thok there is something I would like to talk to you and show you something after the meal, of course Salisa your invited too.

I think you might be able to help, from what I heard you well traveled and might know something that could help me and the ship."
#825

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 09, 2008 9:11:41
Kaer-Thok listens to the captain as she speaks, eating little. He seems to have little appetite for elven foods, but he tries a little bit of those things that might look good. He drinks a good bit of wine too, perhaps to wash down the taste of the elven food. When she speaks of showing him something, Kaer-Thok gives the woman a nod.
"Very well. When we are finished with the meal then I would be happy to take a look at whatever this is you wish to show me. I am curious, are there many sunken ships out in the seas of Tyrannor? While there has been much going on within the city and upon the land, I have seen little combat at sea."
#826

captainshar

Sep 09, 2008 13:37:20
As Fi'Rua takes her soundings, she manages to come across the uneven fathoming associated with a sunken ship.
#827

lady_rolindin

Sep 09, 2008 13:42:29
"If you have any questions of then do ask. I know that My ships crew has been some what mysterious since we have been here, we have good reasons. If you prefere foods mnore to your liking Kaer-Thok, If you wolud like something more to your liking the head cook can prepare the dish for you.
As for sunken ships, they are there. One just has to know how to find them, by magic or otherwise." She says to them both.
#828

lady_rolindin

Sep 09, 2008 14:33:14
Something seems out of place, like being under water. I think I need to find out what is going on. Your both welcome to join me if you wish too, Or you both can stay and finish. It just a feeling, With that she will give a slight bow to the two of them then head towards the door. "If you'll excuse me."
Opens the door and talks to the steward assistant and leaves.

She will go to the forward castle to the steering house.

If there is nothing that can be seen by the eye, wiil wait to find out more from you.

In the crows nest spot check.
25

why the +10 is lookout from the seafearers hand book feat that all 3 crows nest members would have. they have 10 ranks of spot with out any penalty. 240 feet + at -2.
so the roll is an 23 then. the penalties are reduced and the seeing ability is tripled the distance.
#829

captainshar

Sep 09, 2008 14:36:36
Why don't you use those periscopes you bought? (Looking boxes?)
#830

lady_rolindin

Sep 09, 2008 14:53:30
That was the next thing that was going to be done next.
Fi'rua will Send word to juskirk to have the looking boxes placed. Once Juskirk gets the word he has the boxes 3 per side (with crew members looking thought them), to be secured by rope and poles then placed in the water. Having sheets wrapped on the outside of the boxes to stop to banging effect against the hull at full speed. Witch the boxes are mostly made for still waters, not full speed usage. I could lose 1 or 2 of them in this knid of speed.

spot checks
crew member of box one.
13 http://invisiblecastle.com/roller/view/1725386/
crew member box 2

9 http://invisiblecastle.com/roller/view/1725388/

crew member box 3
17 http://invisiblecastle.com/roller/view/1725390/

box 4
9 http://invisiblecastle.com/roller/view/1725391/

box 5
14 http://invisiblecastle.com/roller/view/1725393/

box 6
19 http://invisiblecastle.com/roller/view/1725396/


As secondary actions Drake will have his ballist and trebuchet crews to prepare.
the rest of the crew will be ordered to pre pare as the bell is rung through out the ship, in two rings then two more repeating intervoles.

This could be one of the reason Fi'rau would like ship marines added to the ship. to have a fighting force that can proctect the ship, there only job.

Mean while The both of them would most likely hear the two bells rings. The crew member would say to both Kear- Thok and Salisa that the captain has ordered to combat readness, he would not know if this is a drill or not. but he would inform them both of such.
#831

captainshar

Sep 09, 2008 15:32:55
You can tell that something "built" is down there, that's about it.
#832

lady_rolindin

Sep 09, 2008 15:53:36
Once she gets the word, she'll have course correction made.

Using the the elven defensive pattern Za, sw for awhile then se: then se and sw then south, then se, se, then sw,sw se the south for awhile with no pattern of movement. all the while having some crew members go below to watch the hull.

while having the crew members watch for the object with the boxes.

once it is knowen about the object, Anlista will go have a look to see it through the box. Then if needed cast aspell.

To bad the ship does not have deep bombs.


added:

After Fi'rua talks to Juskirk, to have other crew members search the hull sections for any attempt to break them.

She will go down to her room again.

If the two are still there, she will say this to them, "Sorry for the slight proublem of sorts."

She will go to her desk with the map on on it and start to measure this way and that way. 'This monevering will add time for the first stop", she thinks to her self.
#833

captainshar

Sep 10, 2008 12:28:08
Janine comes back to the docks. She walks straight to the Guild House and the Dockmaster's office.

Trade will resume.


Dockmaster's Sense Motive: 15

"Janine... did they do something to you?"

They? The king treated me very well.

"Hmmm...."
#834

bookmen

Sep 10, 2008 14:26:51
(OOC: Thank God someone noticed this time. Maybe we will get some good RP from this.)
#835

turalisj

Sep 10, 2008 16:00:50
ooc: noticed what? Atlantis?
#836

lady_rolindin

Sep 10, 2008 16:38:39
Built can mean a number of things, since the looking boxes can only see 200 ft down. Since the built thing would have been blurred most likely from the distant in the water. from a underwater ship to a city?


Fi' rua will of course mark the location on the map.
#837

captainshar

Sep 10, 2008 18:41:39
Ship-size-ish.

Kaer-Thok and Salise can be dropped off, now.
#838

lady_rolindin

Sep 10, 2008 23:15:55
At Carnak the tw can depart, fi'rua when she sees Kaer- Thok will address him. Not having the chance to do because of this and that happening. Of cousre their items will be off loaded also with the two.
#839

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 10, 2008 23:18:37
Kaer-Thok turns toward Fi'rua when she approaches him, dipping forward in a faint bow.
"Thank you for your hospitality on this trip. Is there something else you wished to speak with me about?"
#840

lady_rolindin

Sep 10, 2008 23:28:07
"Yes there Is and I did enjoy having you aboard, I didn't get the chance to speak with you before now.
This is what i would like to know, This ship has sea marines barricks for 200 to 300 of them. Do you know of any forces that I might hire say a group that would be interested? I have heard you are well traveled, and respected by many. If you don't mind me asking about such a force. Even if it was a small group that would proctect the ship?"
Fi, rua ask Him.
#841

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 11, 2008 0:15:42
Kaer-Thok rubs his chin slowly, looking toward Fi'Rua and glancing around the ship.
"I would say that if you wish your ship protected there are a few areas that you might go. The strange creatures of Tholljut Kutotaz are rumored to watch over the seas and protect them. They might be a group you would wish to 'get on the good side' as it were. As well there is a mercenary band that I know of called The Shield of Dograth that are rumored to be skilled. They might be those you wish to contact. Other that this it has been some time since I have gone traveling and I know only of these through others within the city."
#842

lady_rolindin

Sep 11, 2008 14:45:50
"Then I do thank you Kaer-Thok for the information. Have you heard anything about how to contact this Shield of Dograth or the Tholljut Kutotaz?"
She says to him.

"If you don't know Kaer- Thok that is fine. I will port here for the night and ask arond about this shield of Dograth. I do wish you a safe journey and may your god watch over you."
#843

captainshar

Sep 11, 2008 22:05:21
The sailors and merchants down at the docks shift and are ill-at-ease. Perhaps rumors of the enchantment cast on Janine are spreading, or the harsh treatment of Davar, or both. The announcement that trade will resume comes as a relief, and many hurry their preparations for casting off, almost imperceptibly.
#844

lady_rolindin

Sep 12, 2008 14:12:53
after porting the night there the ship will turn in the channel and go back out to the sea making a heading north. following the shore line all the way up.
#845

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 12, 2008 14:19:03
Before they leave, Kaer-Thok will inform Fi'Rua that the fortress of Tholljut Kutotaz is rumored to be in the areas of the Seal Rocks, a floating city in to waves. He also mentions that The Shield of Dograth is supposed to be somewhere in the highlands of Kienok.
#846

redhase

Sep 13, 2008 2:59:43
Artimas will come out a shadow at the docks, making his way to the shops.
Till he finds a shop that sells manacles (masterwork), "How much for these? Do you have any spidersilk rope also??" he says to the shop keeper.
#847

lady_rolindin

Sep 14, 2008 3:21:23
Ri'rua says to Kaer-Thok, "Then I do thank you for the information, Good travels to you Kaer-Thok and Salisa."

I do have plans to visite The Sheild of Doggrath and the shipish thing in the water also, maybe even go see what the Tholljut Kutoaz. Just depends on what they have up north.

Lets see how this works out first up north.

This is for the gm's so you know about the names for the eleven socity Fi'rua and juskirk come form.
Captain and commanders (ist mate), lt commanders, are all ladies or lords. They go by thier last name, then first name: such as
Lady Fi' rua captain of the Raven's Song, first name Ern'tra

Lord Juskirk commander of the Ravens Song, first name brownwell

though they don't go around prouncing thier titles here. the ships crew would know of this, and respect thier wishes to not not be called lord or lady in trannor. Unless the ocausion presents it self and they need to use their tiltes for some reason.

I'll add this too.
If the ship had come under attack, Kaer-thok and Salisa would have been warned to let the ships crew do their job, as the rules of the I E N. If Kaer- thok had insisted to fight he would be worned that he takes the responisibility upon him self and the ship and the crew is not responable for any thing that can happen to him. he would take full responisability for his actions, and not blame the ships crew or the captain what ever happens.

This will make for some interesting siuations, witch hasen't came about yet.
#848

aramar_the_black

Sep 14, 2008 18:17:52
Without missing a beat, the shopkeeper replies to Artimas.
"Five and fifty gold for the manacles. And the rope's been on order for a week now. Was expecting it this very morning."
#849

redhase

Sep 15, 2008 2:31:55
"The manacles and maybe some other kind of rope then, something strong and easy to carry. Do you have any light crossbow and darts at this time?" Artimas says to the keeper.
#850

aramar_the_black

Sep 16, 2008 9:45:06
"I've got some silken rope; how much were you wanting?
And I'm afraid I generally don't have crossbows here, nor the darts. But if you're really wanting them, my brother's got a shop 'round the backside of Notlob Corner, just down the street. Tell him Aarond sent you, and he might cut his prices."
#851

redhase

Sep 16, 2008 15:14:45
"Then 40 feet of the silken rope with the mamacles" he says to him.
#852

captainshar

Sep 18, 2008 10:00:56
Janine, we should go see if Shar is back.

The blue-skinned second mate suggests.


Janine shrugs.

All right, it's not far.


The Noumenal Blade pulls out of port and starts sailing upriver yet again, towards Glenndria.
#853

aramar_the_black

Sep 18, 2008 18:15:44
The shopkeeper retireves that items that Artimas had asked for and lays them on the counter.
"Right then. That'll be fifty-five gold for the manacles, and another thirteen for the rope."
#854

redhase

Sep 18, 2008 19:25:00
Artimas then hands the merchant a bag with the gold.He then will get the items from the counter and tell the merchant good business to him. he goes to the shop with Rrr by his side a round the back side of notlob conner and will go to the shop to look at light bows and darts the shop has there.
#855

captainshar

Sep 20, 2008 14:24:28
A sudden swarm of people hits the docks and fights their way onto the ships. Once the captains can get sense out of them, they make all haste to leave, as well.

The dockmaster locks up the Seafarers' guild house, grabbing the most important books and supplies and legers and stashing them in a rowboat. He rows out to join the Noumenal Blade.

The docks are now completely free of ships. People still come, though. Some are desperate enough they even try to swim.
#856

redhase

Sep 20, 2008 20:22:53
So now the question I have Is this, this shop interaction that been taking place: has this been taking place before these events, since Artimas did leave before Saragatanas was taken, or is Sargatanas being taken in the same time frame? And Gorads coming back from the jungles and reacting? This shop thing has taking some time has it not.
#857

gulien

Sep 20, 2008 20:59:54
As the people begin to rush down to the docks and the ships begin to ready for sail an undead aboard the Vengeful Fate stomps loudly three times. Calling out loudly.

"Return to your homes by decree of the king! Those with passports will be allowed to leave."

When he is wholly ignored he stomps loudly one last time and a loud creaking noise can be heard. The Vengeful Fate tilts and from the water rises the skeleton of a huge dragon raises out of the water blocking the path to the docks. From the ship the undead calls out again.

"RETURN TO YOUR HOMES."

OOC: Sorry about this but I wasn't given a chance to respond so some ret-conning may be in need. Also didn't the Blade leave several days ago? So it came back in anticipation of a random event? Hmmmm.
#858

turalisj

Sep 20, 2008 22:41:03
Murilia and Draxyein landed on the docks, both of them with an evil grin on their faces. So! A blasphemer dare bring forth a deceased dragon? That is an insult to our very being! Drax, blast 'em!
With pleasure Muri. The tartarerian dragon opened his maw, a sinister orb of energy forming inside. He turned towards the undead abomination (the dragon) and opened fire. Hear me undead! These are my people now! They can go when I tell them to!

20 save dc21 for half. Don't have the book with me right now, so I don't remember exactly what the range for his breath attack is.
1 breath reload <--almost forgot this
19 init
I knew I forgot something >< I blame late night posting
#859

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 21, 2008 1:27:57
((Orcy isn't sure where you're from, but 'round 'ere we rolls us somes initiative before declarin ourselves first. Also, weren't Draxy and Muri headed east until they found another city and having no real reason to be lurking around the Tyrannorian skies?))
#860

redhase

Sep 21, 2008 1:56:39
Maybe they changed thier minds and where flying around invisible? maybe not? I though they were leaving also. who knows.
#861

gulien

Sep 21, 2008 2:33:03
OOC: I'm all for trying to kill me guys, trust me on this one. But I'm gonna agree with the big green guy shaking a club.
#862

redhase

Sep 21, 2008 2:36:44
So I take it that the merchant tranactions is slow then and hours have passed then.

So while going to the next shop an seeing the people rush to the docks, Artimas will of course support the kings forces.

So Artimas who in the shadows will get close enough to strike the dragon , use his megashadow rod of maximize mysterys shadow storm mystery.

int 21

damage for shadow storm is 84, reflex half. when he does go. He will keep up the shadow storm. and strike 13 other targets after, closest to the dragon. even the muri.

order of the shadow storm strike, dragon 84, Muri 42, then 12 others. If no one else s close to dragon and rider then the rest would strike around the dragon and Muri, but not hit it.
#863

turalisj

Sep 21, 2008 10:32:59
((Orcy isn't sure where you're from, but 'round 'ere we rolls us somes initiative before declarin ourselves first. Also, weren't Draxy and Muri headed east until they found another city and having no real reason to be lurking around the Tyrannorian skies?))

((Updated the post with init. Um...maybe they didn't find another city? I guess you could say that Drax got hungry and wanted some fish, if you want to go with a lame excuse.))
#864

captainshar

Sep 21, 2008 15:11:40
OOC: Okay, we can retcon a bit. I can have the Noumenal Blade be elsewhere - that's actually good for me, since you're mind-controlling the acting captain!

IC:

Skeletal dragon or no skeletal dragon, people are still leaving. It can't eat ALL of them, while the crazed undead in the city can.
#865

gulien

Sep 21, 2008 15:33:38
The Skeletal Dragon sees its opponent and prepares to strike. However it reacts at the speed one would expect from a creature its size. When the orb of force comes it's way it is fast enough to move itself out of the way and avoid full damage. It shakes off the damage and lashes out violently at Draxy.

Initiative: vs. Muri and Draxi (1d20 11=13)
Reflex Save: vs. Draxien Breath (1d20+13=22)

Skeleton Dragon Attacks: Bite /Claws X2/Wings X2/ Tail Slap (1d20 21,1d20 16,1d20 16,1d20 16,1d20 16,1d20 16= Bite[23], Claw1[31], Claw2[29], Wings1[19], Wing2[30], Tail Slap[26])
Skeleton Dragon Damage:Bite/ Claw1/ Claw2/ Wing2/ Tail Slap (2d8 1d6 14=23, 3d6 7=17, 3d6 7=15, 1d8 1d6 7=12, 3d6 21=32)

Bite:23
Claw1:17
Claw2:15
Wing1: Miss
Wing2:12
Tail Slap: 32
Total: 99 Damage (13 Cold)
#866

redhase

Sep 21, 2008 15:51:28
Hum, that was interesting.
#867

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 21, 2008 18:01:28
A few seconds after the dragon bites it's enemies, Muri feels a searing pain enter his chest. Seconds later he hears the sound of Sardal's gun firing. In her tower, Sardal grins, watching the effect of her attack. She expends the shell casing to her weapon and cocks the weapon, looking down upon the battlefield below.

Attack VS Muri (1d20+34=49)
Damage VS Miri (Merciful and Mantle) / HGCW con damage (4d12+3d6+12=57, 1d8=8)

49 to hit on Muri
57 Nonlethal damage and 8 con
Muri must also make an opposed trip against DC 57.

Orcy is not sure why you are rolling again Redhase, initiative is only rolled once at the begining of combat. Orcy knows that rolling every round is an alternative but it is not one that we use here at the Guild House. That would put Redhase up on a 21. The order is...

Sardal- 29 (rolled on other thread, she has a view of both battles but will not be acting in the other one since she has chosen to act here)
Redhase- 21
Murilia- 19
Skeletal Dragon- 13
#868

turalisj

Sep 21, 2008 18:04:40
Muri and Drax take to the sky. Screw it, you all can go to hell ya worthless humans.

ooc: Yeah... not exactly going to last long with a heavy amount of damage being taken.... Darn musket -_-'
#869

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 21, 2008 18:05:28
It is not Muri and Drax's turn. Muri is currently prone and Redhase is up. Unless Muri makes an opposed trip higher than 57.

If Orcy is correct in his math, Drax is dead actually.
#870

turalisj

Sep 21, 2008 18:17:03
Well, so much for these characters. Muri is completly screwed and is dead next round. I'm going to start rolling up a new evil character then, since this guy is dead.

edit: And no, I'm not trying to whine. There's not much good he can do when Sardal can deal 50+ damage and whatever con damage a round to any living target practicly anywhere within the city. Even if I somehow got flying, Muri would be gunned down like giant duck.
#871

bookmen

Sep 21, 2008 18:35:55
edit: And no, I'm not trying to whine. There's not much good he can do when Sardal can deal 50+ damage and whatever con damage a round to any living target practicly anywhere within the city. Even if I somehow got flying, Muri would be gunned down like giant duck.

(OOC: Kind of what happens when a well made ECL 15 gains the Vampire Template. :coolcthul )
#872

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 21, 2008 18:42:38
((Sardal requires two rounds to fire Huge Gaping Chest Wound. Not every round. But she is a sniper, it is what she does. One shot.))
#873

turalisj

Sep 21, 2008 19:27:29
ooc: Yeah, I know what snipers do... Sucks to be anyone who isn't on friendly terms with Sardal or immune to ranged attacks within the city
#874

redhase

Sep 22, 2008 2:53:42
The I will wait for every round then, no proublem then.
#875

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 22, 2008 10:26:44
Orcy has looked at the myster called Shadow storm and it has an instantaneous duration. It cannot be held because it is essentially a shadowy lightning bolt. He is not sure why you believe it can be 'held' or concentrated on to maintain it.

As well... there is no second round initiative... that is what Orcy is trying to say. We only roll initiative once and that is used each round. Rolling another set is a varient rule that we do not use, it saves time not having to roll every round. Thus, you keep the initiative you rolled at the begining of combat and that sets the order.
#876

turalisj

Sep 22, 2008 10:40:57
Yes I did post my intitiative for the first round and what artimas was going to use, then a second round intitiative with the same item . so you would know ahead of time Orcy.

First round 84, half reflex dragon. rider 42 reflex half. and controll the other storm lighting bolts to not hit the kings dragon. But to hit around the dragon and rider.

So if on second round artimas will still hold the spell and . If there still alive, and then with the same attack with 10 intitiative. Damage 84 dragon, rider 42.

Who exactly is the 'dragon' and 'rider'? It helps if you point out names.
#877

orcy_the_green_wonder

Sep 22, 2008 11:01:38
Orcy would imagine that Drax, the dragon, would be the dragon. And Muri, the person that rode in on him, would be the rider.
#878

turalisj

Sep 22, 2008 11:14:41
Ah, Muri didn't use Drax as a mount, he had his own set of wings.
#879

redhase

Sep 22, 2008 13:59:03
Primary target the larger dragon, seondary target the smaller humoniod with wings.

edit:
since two are dead on the first round, Artimas will notice where Muri body is and the dragon. Once I know where the bodies are I can post my actions.
#880

redhase

Sep 24, 2008 14:19:16
If I,m right the bodies are still on the docks, Artimas will go to Muri body. Artimas will say since the skeletal drargon would most likely be near, "That was for the king of Trannor, " Then he will have Rrr his dark loin grab Muri body, with his teeth. Then carry the body this way. Artimas will use step into shadow and both will go into the shadow.

once in the shadow plane Artimas will have Muri body placed on the shadow plane ground, Artimas will use mystic reflection for any magic items on the body. once the magic items glow he will take the items and leave the body in the shadow plane.

Artimas will use voyage into shadow, while in the shadow plane to go and find out why the people are leaving the city.


rounds taken 3 spells plus time to accure new items, 6 to 10 rounds, or more?

the dc roll.
11
So Artimas will have to find his way back to trannor, time to come back to the city?
Where he comes out at, good question. up to the Gm's I think. The battle will most likey be over with sarah then. bad roll!

Some things he can't use and he will leave, but others he will keep and can be traded for services latter. Maybe certain groups could use some of the items, for services.

" A good spell for fast travel in the shadow planes, but if you fail your roll: you wind up else where."

I'm not even going to try a reroll, might be gone longer: and some other place inside the shadow plane like now.


Btw Thanks for the items Turalisj.
#881

gulien

Sep 25, 2008 0:25:50
As Draxien and Muri fall before the might of the skeletal dragon the handler stands up from his hiding position and assesses the situation. Seeing the people fleeing in affront to the king's orders he points to the docks and screeches to the dragon.

"Block the docks, kill anyone who tries to pass!"

Turning back to the people who flee he calms himself and yells loudly.

"Blame not the king for any deaths that take place here, the law was made simple and any who break it will be dealt with! If you return to your homes you will be safe!"

The dragon will attack any who tries to pass it. Come on now lets be rational. HUGE SKELETON DRAGON. Who in their right minds, terrified or not, would try to get by it?
#882

captainshar

Sep 25, 2008 18:36:02
Torn between a dragon ahead and uncontrolled undead near their homes behind, the crowds who didn't make it onto the ships are going to barricade themselves into the Seafarers' Guildhouse.

Those on the ships and uncomfortably near the dragon are going to slow their escapes.
#883

lady_rolindin

Sep 26, 2008 17:31:28
Do let me know when The Raven's Song reaches the port in the north.
#884

captainshar

Sep 29, 2008 19:31:47
You can calculate that for yourself by looking at the map in the "Welcome" thread, and by reading your ship's posted movement speed. A few days is enough for almost everything.
#885

lady_rolindin

Sep 30, 2008 3:03:29
Then while at the port in the north, Fi' rua will go ashore to a wizard shop and ask the wizard or clerk if they have these magic tiles.
#886

redhase

Sep 30, 2008 4:24:55
A roll since Artimas did go some where else, and where he area of traynor he comes back too.
8
and the area is low land plains, Knights Von Drache.

Artimas once he sees this is the wrong area, not the city or the low landhills. where he is going too once a stop is made. He starts going to the malg swamp by the shadows.

edit: I have thought about this, Artimas will of course take his time and listen to any thing he hears from the shadows. While he' s in the von drache area. Do let me know what things he hears. Especally any knight, city or small town guards.
#887

lady_rolindin

Oct 05, 2008 0:02:33
The Raven Song will deport the passengers in the north port, once fi' Rua done at the shop. she will leave to go to the ship and depart the port.
#888

gulien

Oct 09, 2008 9:11:58
An army of undead soon come to the docks at Tyrannor lead by Gorad, his form shadowy and insubstantial yet dripping in anger. He points to the Vengeful Fate and looks to Gek-Torh.

"Get the soldiers on board and prepare to weigh anchor or... whatever it is you do you make it move. Have whoever is in contol of the dragon make it re-attach itself and keep him well guarded. I will be along in a moment."

Nodding curtly Gorad begins to move out and looks to the city as he can see the flicker of fires begin to dance. A malicious smile crosses his face he begins to laugh. Moving to Draxien's battered corpse he hefts the thing and shoulders it as if it were but a sack of tubers. Once done he returns to the ship and throws the dead dragon's body to the deck.

"Put a MOVE ON!!! We sail for Horchound! Where these vermin dare not tread!"
#889

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 10, 2008 15:30:13
The dead begin preparing the ship to leave, pulling up the anchor and manning the various positions around the ship. Gek-Torh approaches Gorad and bows.
"My lord. If you will be resting in your coffin we shall be on our way."
The ship rocks as beneath it a form latches on, pressing it's skeletal body against the ship's bottom. The soldiers finally finish boarding and lift the planks that allow access to the ship.
#890

redhase

Oct 10, 2008 16:11:56
Zern appears in a shadow at the docks, then will move closer to the ship.

Zern uses sight obscured and steel shadows on the shadows around him.
hide check 30

Zern will use his ablity to turn invisibile.
#891

gulien

Oct 10, 2008 17:18:55
Gorad stands and keeps a vigilant watch for any who would come to do him or his ship harm. When Gek-Torh asks him he responds while keeping an eye on the docks.
"No, no rest now, when we are safely to sea, then maybe. Thank you for your concern my General.... ahh, what do we have here?"

As Zern steps from the shadows Gorad sees him. Seeing that he is not dead the hulking vampire immediately does not trust him and attempts to crush his will.

You arrived cast Sight Obscured (standard action), cast Steel Shadows (standard action), and then cast Invisibility (standard action). In those three rounds Gorad is going to use his Dominate ability on you each round. If you want to I will roll initiative. Three Will saves DC 20.

As for the crossing moving water part.
Vampires are also unable to cross running water, although they can be carried over it while resting in their coffins or aboard a ship.

P.s. I rolled a spot check to spot you but then I realized you dont have hide in plain sight.
#892

redhase

Oct 10, 2008 18:44:04
zern didn't cast invisibility, it's a supernatural ability of the race. Zern spells he cast are spell like abilities.
Zern left by the shadows and arrived in the shadows that is why he used his spell like abilities the one spell on the shadow around him.
zern never left the shadows.
invisibility supernatural ability race
sight obscured supernatural ability class
steel shadows spell like ability class
I think you would have to see him in the shadow hes in, he never left the shadow. He can see the things going on around him.
when zern moved closer to the ship it was by shadow to shadow.
I never said that Zern was in the open light, but Zern did use the spells on the shadows where he moved too.
#893

gulien

Oct 10, 2008 20:41:14
I know all that I looked at the sheet and then I looked at the race. What I'm saying is that regardless of the way the abilities were used is that you have no means by which to not be seen while "in the shadows". When you are in the shadows you are mearly in shadowy illumination which means that people can still see you. Gorad can hide while in the shadows because he has the ability "hide in plain sight", you dont have any such ability. If I could get a ruling from the GM's on this then that would be appreciated.
#894

redhase

Oct 10, 2008 21:57:46
How about this, we don't need the gm's for this, but if they wish to help then good.
A spot check for Gorad, since Zern does have all black clothing.
If he makes his spot check, then I'll roll a will save in the first round.
2nd round move to second shadow closer to ship on the docks.
then the slight obscured, if zern dosen't make his save. Then the spell might not even happen.

first spot check to spot Zern in the shadows dressed in all black.
Hide check first round 19
#895

gulien

Oct 10, 2008 22:41:09
Sure, I'll go for it.

Spot Check: Spot Zern at Docks (1d20+15=21)
#896

redhase

Oct 10, 2008 23:47:22
will save 21

intitive for next round 13
edit I do expect Shardal, since orcy is helping to play her. my character dosen't know about her though.
#897

orcy_the_green_wonder

Oct 11, 2008 0:17:00
Her name is Sardal.

Orcy would also like to note that while Zern is perfectly capable of controling the ambient light in an area, there is not one gigantic shadow on the docks. To reach the ship, Zern has to move across open space where there is not a shadow. Docks are not cluttered with massive things that might cast a shadow large enough for Zern to hide in, particularly since there is not a lot of people or cargo leaving Tyrannor at this moment, at least 'legally.' If he wishes to have a shadow in which he can move he'll need to create one himself. If he does not create one, as soon as he leaves the darkness he instantly loses all of his special Shade abilities until he is once again in the darkness. Orcy is sure you know all of this, he just wishes to remind you since you mention darting between shadows and whatnot.

Orcy's final comment. Your save is recorded wrong as is your wisdom modifier. A 15 is a +2 bonus. So your save bonus is +13, not +14. It still makes the save however.
#898

gulien

Oct 11, 2008 0:48:16
Gorad can fell his will repelled and decides to abandon the ploy. He looks to the crew and yells.

"Hold! I've found an outlet for my rage...a snack to hold me over."

Initiative: Vs. Zern (1d20 14=27)

Reacting quickly to the Shadovar moving closely to his ship Gorad bounds quickly to the railing and bounds over it flying directly at Zern. His Goliath heritage and the speed from his charge help carry him over the railing and directly into zern, tackling it to the ground.

Jump Check: Long Jump 28 from charge. (1d20 44=53)

Touch Attack: Vs. Zern (1d20 20=40)
Touch Attack: Back-up Critical vs. Zern (1d20 20=38)

Grapple Check: vs. Zern (1d20 44=53)

Unarmed Strike: vs Zern Critical x2 (6d6 1d6 32=55)

I am charging at zern. Leaping over the railing +28 to the jump from the charge. If he is within 53 feet of the boat (which i think close would imply.) I can reach him. I crit on the attack. Zern takes 2 negative levels from the attack and I gain 20 hp from the crit.

EDIT: I forgot the save vs. Massive Damage. Fort DC15.
#899

redhase

Oct 11, 2008 1:13:14
no grapple resistance, but these actions.

greater darkness ability 100%.
comand word collar of umbral metamorphosis, so he turns into a dark creature.
#900

gulien

Oct 11, 2008 1:31:19
Gorad strikes the shadovar full force and the two slide across the ground. When the darkness comes Gorad laughs and holds the mage.

"Darkness? DARKNESS!? You bring darkness as I hold you? I AM THE DARKNESS. FEEL MY COLD EMBRACE."

With that Gorad strikes the shadow caster shattering its body and taking its lifeforce into himself. Standing he holds the corpse in front of himself and looks it over.

"If only all my enemies were as weak as you are. Perhaps Artimas may yet benefit from your vain attempt to stop me."

With a swift flick of his arm Zern's body flies over the railing of the Vengeful Fate and Gorad follows closely behind. Looking to Gek-Torh he nods.

"NOW we may leave, my general."

Unarmed Strike: vs. Zern 2Negative Levels (4d6 16=25)

25 damage and two negative levels puts the damage total up to 110 damage. Item destruction please?
#901

eglentyne

Oct 11, 2008 2:47:51
If I might say interesting that was.
#902

redhase

Oct 11, 2008 19:46:35
Here's the list.
Collar of Umbral Metamorphosis made save
Shroud of Night greater made save
Orb of Shadow made save
Ring of Nullifaction made save
Gem of the Night (4) 2 made save
+2 quarterstaff black (metal 10 lbs) shadow striking ability +3 made save
cloak of charisma black made save
blast disks 10, 7 made saves
far sight tiles 2, 1 made save
ring of proctection black +3 made
many fanged dagger, save not made (that is a shame, )
wand of shadow spray, made save
mask of the skull glenn made save
you can look under zerns name for the rolls.

I do hope that once the others get to the docks the people watching in the bulidings tell the story to the others.

Good to see you around Eglentyne, do play.
#903

gulien

Oct 12, 2008 23:22:07
Aboard the Vengful Fate Gorad stands as the rains begin to fall. Safely at sea he leave the running of the ship to Gek-Torh and gathers his coffin and the corpse of Zern, retiring to the captain's quarters. Nonchalantly he lifts the dead mage's body by the neck and bite it sucking the blood as one would bite an apple and drink its juice. Though it does little to slake his thirst he drinks it all the same almost as if on principle alone. He places his coffin and rubs the smooth surface, feeling where the magical runes had been scorched into it. Lifting the lid the smell from within hits him, earth from the Storm Peak's, a place so long ago that was his home. He steps in and lays down closing the lid. A terrible fatigue overcomes him then in the moments before he sleeps. From the earth in the coffin an energy is siphoned, from the memories of battles won knowledge is garnered, from the bodies of those who have fallen to him strength is had. Alone in his coffin Gorad becomes.... stronger.
#904

lady_rolindin

Nov 08, 2008 19:30:23
Fi'rua guiding the Ravens song from the five eye reefs, near Thalinngrand island. Fi' rua gets closer to trannor, she dosen't stop the ship on the next location.
#905

lady_rolindin

Nov 11, 2008 18:34:45
By passing the city the Ravens Song goes to the low land hills and docks there.

Once the ship is docked Juskirk goes to find one of the White Ravens leader there.
#906

turalisj

Nov 18, 2008 17:38:03
The Ancient One sailed into the harbor. Atop the main deck stood Ailuth and Jeeves. Ailuth turned to the kobold. Get to the castle, check to see if anyone is there. Do not engage yourself. If you are discovered, head back here. I will attempt to find out as much as possible as to what has been happening. As the kobold nodded an started towards the castle, Ailuth decided to seek out the office of the Seafarer's Guild- both to see what has been happening and to see about the transport of supplies to Thalingrad.
#907

lady_rolindin

Dec 19, 2008 2:25:16
After traveling from The White Ravens area the Raven's Song arrives at the port. When the the ship is ported, Fi'rua will have the goods from Nunn off loaded. Food items, cloths, rope and other items pick up at Nunn.

Fi'rua will go seek the dock master, (with her 2 warforged escorts ), till she finds him.
#908

lunoc

Dec 23, 2008 19:44:51
a raft no more than ten feet across slowly drifts into the docks. a big man with orange hair and a bushy beard steps off the waterloged craft. he looks dazed and smells of alchohol. he searches the docks with his eyes looking for someone in charge
#909

captainshar

Dec 24, 2008 15:48:03
A prominent inn / office complex is visible from the docks. People go to and from the location, some working and some taking a break.
#910

lunoc

Dec 24, 2008 16:05:53
the man staggers towards the inn. he clothes are dirty and worn. his heavy boots pound the dock. he pushes open the door the the building and looks around.
#911

captainshar

Dec 24, 2008 16:10:05
"Table or bar, sir?" the serving boy asks.

The inn is busy, although everyone seems more guarded than the blue skies outside should merit. There is a typical mercantile mix of races and riches here - which means anyone can get a drink.
#912

lunoc

Dec 24, 2008 21:20:35
the man is unused to even this degree of formality.
uhhhg... tha bar fer me thanks
he takes a seat and orders a drink
#913

turalisj

Dec 24, 2008 21:22:51
ooc: Erm... what about my post from a month ago?
#914

captainshar

Dec 27, 2008 22:01:39
The boy waves the ruffian to a seat at the bar. He is able to order drinks, listen to chatter, etc.

***

Shar catches a gift by sticking her rapier through the ribbon.

"Thanks, Glenn." She shouts to the skies.

The Noumenal Blade is back in port. Shar goes to the inn at the Guild Hall, where she catches up on all the news from the latest events in the city.


***

Twinkle washes up on shore with her lobster a-clanking and her pet kitten, now almost grown to a cat, in tow. She adds frosty fireworks to the display, and freezes a gift to the end of her staff.

***

Nedin the pixie, too, arrives in the city.

Making pilgrimage for the Winter Feast.

He darts up and catches the biggest gift he can handle, and carries it proudly with him to the temple of Kord.
#915

lunoc

Dec 27, 2008 23:10:23
the man drinks for a time, then makes his way over to captin shar
well now...I asked around an' you seem ta be tha one in charge of this guild. it looks like I be out of work an' I was wonderin if I could join up 'ere.
#916

captainshar

Dec 28, 2008 15:00:32
Sure, tell me your ship, your name, and your business in these parts. I'll pass it along to the dockmaster.
#917

lunoc

Dec 28, 2008 15:53:41
my name be roy, rum roy they call me. I was captan of the stormbrewer, till it was commandeered (sp?) three days ago.
#918

lady_rolindin

Dec 29, 2008 15:18:46
Fi'rua once she findsd the dock master will ask him, "Could you tell me what has happened simce My ship left."

Juskirk will send out ten parties to find Arioch in the city.

9when one of the floating packeges come by fi'rua she will get one of them. Thanks for the gift orcy.)
#919

captainshar

Dec 29, 2008 17:43:07
Commandeered, you say? By whom? The undead?

Shar gets a glow of action in her eyes.


The dockmaster fills Fi'Rua in on recent events, as experienced at the docks.

OOC: lunoc has been added to the first post.
#920

lunoc

Dec 29, 2008 18:38:39
roy seems surprised
...aye, how did you know?
#921

captainshar

Dec 29, 2008 20:47:28
Well, this entire town was just swarmed by a whole troop of them, from what I've gathered.

OOC: Are you prepared to run a mini-adventure? Or are you expecting one of the DMs to run it for you? You are welcome to do either, within bounds.
#922

lunoc

Dec 30, 2008 20:48:10
(hmm, well I might be able to but I think one of the dms would be a better choice)

((Im working on roy's stats and I was wondering what class to make him. my first thought was fighter.)
#923

lady_rolindin

Jan 01, 2009 3:04:34
Lunoc why not make a fighter/swashbuckler, or a fighter/legendary captain; since your ship was lost to the undead?



Fi'rua after listing to the dockmaster, "Then things are better since the last time I was here, Thank you for the information." with thart she will leave paying the dockmaster respect.

She going to go back to the ship and wait for the signal when one of the groups finds Lord Arioch.
#924

captainshar

Jan 01, 2009 11:36:49
(Well, I'm not going to run an adventure until your guy is statted out. That just leads to trouble.)

I assume you'll be heading the expedition to recapture the vessel?
#925

lunoc

Jan 01, 2009 11:47:44
(what book is legendary captain in?)
(understood captainshar)

aye, but I'll need a ship and a weapon.
#926

bookmen

Jan 01, 2009 15:35:01
(OOC: LC is in Stormwrack.)
#927

captainshar

Jan 01, 2009 22:49:53
Understood, understood...

Shar's face lights up.

I've got plenty. You're coming with me. Let's get those undead pirate bastards!

Shar raises her voice, and the people in the tavern notice. A glint of revenge comes to their eyes.

"Aye, we'll get 'em - come along, the Mership'll help - it's time we showed 'em -"

rings out across the halls.
#928

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 02, 2009 18:58:34
Following the crewmembers of the Raven's Song, Arioch steps onto the docks. His body is clad in various shades of white, he stares into the shadows from beneath his conical hat as if seeking something. When he finds nothing, he relaxes slightly and casts his gaze around the docks and those upon it.

#929

lunoc

Jan 02, 2009 21:24:21
roy sees a gift laying on the ground and he walks over and takes it.
#930

lady_rolindin

Jan 02, 2009 22:08:53
Anlista will go to the Raven's Song with Lord Arioch, She will go to the forecastle where Captain Fi'rua and Commander juskirk are.
#931

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 02, 2009 22:24:58
Arioch enters the forecastle and dips his hat toward Fi'rua and then Juskirk. Approaching the two and looking them over from beneath his hat.
"Your crew has informed me you wished to speak. The city seems quiet enough for now... so I have come. What is it you wished to speak to me about?"
#932

lady_rolindin

Jan 02, 2009 22:50:34
Fi'rua will give Arioch a half bow then have Juskirk and one of the warforged a, and a giff stay. Anlista and the others will leave the forecastle. "Lord Arioch frist i would like to extend my apperaction for the stay at the low land hill and Lord Alexandros help. What I ask is that you think about how we can help each other if your interested."
#933

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 02, 2009 23:00:34
Arioch seems to find things making a bit more sense now with the mention of Alexandros. He nods slightly and tugs down on one of his black gloves.
"I am listening. What sort of help do you have in mind?"
#934

lady_rolindin

Jan 02, 2009 23:17:58
"Let me appoligize for not entroducing my self first, i'm Fi'rua captain of the Raven's Song, This is Lord Juskirk commander of the raven's Song. Second in command. How to say this, I got a feeling while visting with your people. Something like your people would like to do more, I and my crew have the same feelings. To help where we can for the betterment of Traynor.
What or how we could help each other, we could join forces. If your lordship has no objections. That is how we can help each other.
If you would enterain such a idea, it can work for the benifit for the both of us.
It is up to you as your Lord Alexandros mention you make the descions for ther White Ravens
" Fi'rua says to him.
#935

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 02, 2009 23:37:59
"I believe we may be able to work something out between us. My people could do a great deal with the use of a few ships. Faster travel would be a benefit to our movements in the lands. If you wish to do more, to help us in our quest to banish the evils that haunt this world... then we would be happy to have you with us, Captain."
#936

lady_rolindin

Jan 03, 2009 0:08:45
"Then we would be happy to help the White Ravens in their desires, I Would give you my oath as an officer of the Imperial Elven Navy. I do not believe the undead and thier new leader will stay in their jungle forever. " Firua syas .
#937

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 03, 2009 0:16:27
"Something that I too am sure of... But if we plan right... and if we act correctly, the dead will not prevail. It will be difficult and I do not yet know how it will be possible to strike at them in their own forsaken lands. But I am confident that we will be victorious over these damned beings... these walking dead creatures of evil."
#938

lady_rolindin

Jan 03, 2009 0:48:03
"Then Maybe Lord Arioch it would help to find out how the undead was driven from the city first. Then Talk to this person or group. As far as a plan to take the fight to the undead in their jungle, maybe others in the churches could help.
others will be needed to contact, maybe the hall of refuge. The paladins there would help I would think.

Right now the I believe we could be looking as to how we can help each other. I can tell you that my ship has the capibility to carry a 200 full time fighting force all times. I have no fighting force right now, beside the crew. If the White Ravens forces need such movement to an area then maybe it would not hurt to have, even a partial force availibile to move when called for.

This would help the White Ravens travel time to such an area when needed. "


She says not hoping to say to much thinking out loud.
#939

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 03, 2009 1:16:14
[b]"You are correct. It would be beneficial to us both to have a unit of my men garrisoned on your ship. I believe I can organize a unit or two that will be able to create a forward base of operations in a given area. These men stationed on your should would give you a fighting force and allow me to quickly set up a foothold in hostile territory.

I will consider these things more... but for the moment you have given me thought. I believe I will see to these churches and whatnot within the city. I saw a few things from the Council of Archmages territory when I spoke with them and recall seeing a bright light within the city. Perhaps more allies with which I should speak. If you need me, I should not be hard to find. Use your whistles to signal if you wish."

Arioch shifts and dips in a bow to Fi'rua before turning to leave the ship, the thought of other allies within the city an exciting one. He steps down from the Raven's Song and makes his way out onto the docks. The sounds from the tavern attract his attention and before he has made it far, he shifts and strides toward it. He opens the door there and takes a step inside, seeking the source of the commotion.[/b]
#940

captainshar

Jan 04, 2009 20:02:43
Shar notices as Roy walks outside to get a gift, and follows him.

Roy.

Are you or aren't you organizing a party to rescue your ship?
#941

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 04, 2009 22:03:37
Arioch glances toward Shar, and the larger man as they pass him out the door. The sounds and loud speech from within the tavern having died back down. He clears his throat slightly at the woman's question and dips his Conical Jingasa to the woman.
#942

lady_rolindin

Jan 05, 2009 3:02:28
Fi'rua will bow back to Arioch, when he leaves she has one of the warforged get Anlista.

When Anlista arrives at the forecastle,she taslks to her for a minute, then hands her a set of bracers.

Anlista after she thanks Captain Fir'ua then leaves, she will use identify spell to find out what the bracers do in her shared room afterward.

while the rest of the teams come back to the ship.

Fi'rua activates the captain's latern once all the crew is back. Fi'rua has Juskirk leaves before the others come back tofind out what is going on around the docks, he brings with him one warforged and flint the giff go with him.
#943

captainshar

Jan 06, 2009 16:03:38
Twinkle flutters into the inn and orders a frosted lemonade.
#944

lunoc

Jan 06, 2009 16:50:36
aye, just saw the gift on the ground. so! what ship will we be taking?
#945

lady_rolindin

Jan 07, 2009 2:57:18
Juskirk having looked around and heading toward the inn and other shop area, would notice Shar first. He would go to Shar, "good to have you back Captain Shar, It's good to see you again. So Captain Shar who is your new friend?" Juskirk will give Shar a half bow in respect and his two companions would be noticible, seeing how the warforged is his size and the giff towers over both of them.
#946

captainshar

Jan 08, 2009 15:09:13
This is Roy. Seems some of the undead swarmed his ship in the confusion a while back. We're going to take the Blade and get it back. Want to come?

Shar unwraps her gift quickly, sees the crystal, and smiles gleefully. She presses it into the design on the hilt of her rapier, where it magically melts into the metalwork.

Lucky, this.
#947

captainshar

Jan 08, 2009 15:22:47
The Ancient One sailed into the harbor. Atop the main deck stood Ailuth and Jeeves. Ailuth turned to the kobold. Get to the castle, check to see if anyone is there. Do not engage yourself. If you are discovered, head back here. I will attempt to find out as much as possible as to what has been happening. As the kobold nodded an started towards the castle, Ailuth decided to seek out the office of the Seafarer's Guild- both to see what has been happening and to see about the transport of supplies to Thalingrad.

Well... the dockmaster isn't hard to find. He's in the big officey-looking part of the Seafarers' Guild House.
#948

bookmen

Jan 08, 2009 15:45:35
This is Roy. Seems some of the undead swarmed his ship in the confusion a while back. We're going to take the Blade and get it back. Want to come?

Lireios steps forward after hearing this.
"If you will have me I will join. The undead are enemies of this city and I would see them removed. Who else will be with us?"
#949

captainshar

Jan 08, 2009 19:17:52
Also, check out this image of the seafarers' guild house:

IMAGE(http://i172.photobucket.com/albums/w18/captainshar/GuildHouse.jpg?t=1231452890)
#950

captainshar

Jan 08, 2009 19:32:44
And...

Shar takes stock of everyone around her, notices Arioch.

You, yes, you! Are you trying to get my attention?
#951

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 08, 2009 19:36:16
"I had been, yes. There was some commotion here and I was wondering what exactly it was all about. But I would assume it has to do with the ship and the undead you just spoke of..."
Arioch pauses for a moment and dips his Jingasa once more.
"Before I speak further allow me to introduce myself. I am Arioch, Lord of the White Ravens."
#952

captainshar

Jan 08, 2009 19:38:19
And I am Captain Shar of the Noumenal Blade. Pleased to make your acquaintance. Any good at fighting undead?
#953

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 08, 2009 19:51:55
"I am a master of both sword and fist, if it moves it is quite possible that I will be able to destroy it. If it does not... then it is still quite possible that I will be able to destroy it. If these undead serve the same master as that which attacked and killed those within this city, then I will gladly destroy them."
#954

captainshar

Jan 08, 2009 20:09:44
You're welcome to join our posse. Got a ship?
#955

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 08, 2009 20:23:18
"I would be willing to come but I do not have a ship. We are however constructing a bit of a deal with the Captain and crew of the Raven's Song. Perhaps speaking with the captain will prove better if you require a ship. My soldiers are not with me currently, though I could send for them immediately if needed."
Arioch speaks from behind his unmoving mask, his eyes unseen beneath the shadows of his Jingasa. He flexes fingers clad in pitch black gloves, quite a contrast to the rest of his white clothing.
#956

lady_rolindin

Jan 08, 2009 20:34:52
Juskirk after listing to the others speak saysd this, " Lord Arioch I sure Captain fi'rua will help this captain get back their ship. If needed One of the Raven's Song crew could teleport to the white Ravens, If you wish a message to be sent back Lord Arioch. Then they could be picked up and the chase would begain.[roy] The question I have Captain as I understand your the captain of the lost ship. Do you have a sliver of wood from your ships deck wood. So your ship can be found by spell".
#957

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 09, 2009 14:47:04
"If we require soldiers then let us send for them. Mine can be ready at a moment's notice if it is required. I do not know how many of these dead beasts are the target however. What size force are we looking at Captain Shar? Or perhaps I should be asking the other Gentleman instead?"
Arioch speak to Shar at first but shifts his gaze toward Roy, looking the man over as he poses his question.
#958

captainshar

Jan 11, 2009 16:12:21
Yes, Roy, we'll need specifics if we're going to mount a rescue operation.

(OOC: Please check the meta-thread for the future of this plotline. Lunoc needs to post a character.)
#959

lady_rolindin

Jan 12, 2009 3:41:11
Relyn my cleric of Pelor [member of the crew] talks with Captain Fi'rua then a short time latter she leaves the ship with Ren the warforged by her side. They head towards the city.

Mean while Juskirk will wait for Roy to answer,
#960

bookmen

Jan 12, 2009 8:35:51
(ooc: Lireios is also waiting for an answer.)
#961

captainshar

Jan 15, 2009 10:08:27
Do people just not see me any more? That's the second person started a conversation and just wandered off. I hope he gets eaten by a giant squid.

Anyway-


Shar rubs her hands together.

I feel like celebrating being alive again.

She walks off to the center of the city, followed by most of her crew.
#962

lunoc

Jan 15, 2009 15:32:25
(sorry for my disapearence, I am having a very busy week. I almost have roy's stats done. should be back here soon)
#963

lady_rolindin

Jan 15, 2009 21:31:00
After what seems some time from [roy] the captain, Juskirk then gives his respects to Lord arioch then goes back to the ship. after talking to Fi'rua the crew that wishes to can leave to help celerate with shar's crew.

Fi'ura will go with the crew members to the city center.
#964

orcy_the_green_wonder

Jan 16, 2009 16:11:36
Arioch glances at the others as they wander off and tilts his head to one side. He shrugs his shoudlers faintly and makes his way along the city streets. He dips his jingasa to thoes that pass him on the streets and heads toward the castle once again. When he reaches the gates he takes a seat and looks out at the city.
#965

captainshar

Jan 18, 2009 21:23:20
(Feel free to jump in again whenever you're ready, lunoc.)
#966

bookmen

Jan 24, 2009 11:51:46
Lireios takes a seat in a dark far off corner of the bar and orders a drink and meal for himself.
"I'll be here awhile so don't bother check in on me to much."
#967

lady_rolindin

Jan 25, 2009 20:47:27
Juskirk with Kern once they get to the docks will go to the Blade first. He will ask to board the ship, if ask why to speak to Janine.
#968

eglentyne

Jan 26, 2009 14:29:13
Brensas when get to sea guild look around to see what there, then go look for ship.
#969

captainshar

Jan 26, 2009 20:06:17
Juskirk, what a pleasure. What can I do for you?

Janine asks.
#970

lady_rolindin

Jan 27, 2009 5:24:00
Janine would you acompany me to the Ball, it would be a honor for me.
Juskirk says to Janine
#971

captainshar

Jan 28, 2009 13:39:11
Oh, I would be delighted. Thank you, Juskirk.
#972

lady_rolindin

Jan 29, 2009 3:45:00
I'm glad Janina for your exceptance of my offer. If it is not too much trouble Janina while you perform your duties maybe I could acompany you, to find out more about you. If you have no quams with this request. Just for a while before I have to go back to the Raven's Song and start my duties.
#973

captainshar

Jan 30, 2009 13:59:25
But the ball is starting. Let's go.

Janine leaves the second mate in charge of the ship.
#974

lady_rolindin

Jan 30, 2009 14:05:38
Janine is the ball formal or informal, If the ball is formal then I will need to stop by the ship and get my formal coat.
#975

captainshar

Jan 30, 2009 21:39:36
By all means, let's stop to get your coat.
#976

lady_rolindin

Jan 30, 2009 22:20:35
Juskirk then will go to the Raven's song with Janine, once aboard the ship he goes to his room and into his chest.

When Juskirk is done with putting on the sir coat, he'll go meet Janine then. The sir coat is medium blue with semi long tails, a set of six silver buttons.
on the right side is a silver squarish 1 inch medal, with a blue stone in the middle. the medalion has writting below the stone.
A second medal half inch round silver with gold streaks, a red stone in the middle, with writting in elvish below.

A third medal ovasl shaped made of silver with a gold star burst in the center.
Juskirk is wearing around his neck a medal that goes down to the second set of buttons, three silver stands of connected to a smller sun with in a larger sun medalion, in the middle is a sun stone. the medallion is 1 1/2 round.


I think I'm ready to go to the ball Janine
#977

captainshar

Jan 31, 2009 16:37:39
Janine walks to the center of town wit Juskirk.
#978

lady_rolindin

Jan 31, 2009 19:44:09
Juskirk asks Janine about her self.


Fi'rua is allread back from Shar's party, she then gets dressed and makes sure the ship is watched and dissapears.
#979

captainshar

Jan 31, 2009 23:18:14
Come, friends. Life is short and there's much more to this world than meets the eye.

Shar leads her crew back to the Noumenal Blade. She wishes the staff of the guild house and the inn farewell, taking only her original crew members with her - and the boy she saved from the village on the edge of Horechound.

She looks back once over the city, then turns her face into the wind.

Anchors up and away we go!